equity - Knoll - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & HomePLEQ0712).pdf · · 2014-04-30P.O....
Transcript of equity - Knoll - Modern Furniture Design for the Office & HomePLEQ0712).pdf · · 2014-04-30P.O....
PLEQ0712 © Knoll, Inc. All rights reserved.Printed in the United States on paper that contains
50% recycled content and 15% post consumer waste.
Equity P
rice List July 2012
Price ListJuly 2012
equity
Knoll, Inc.P.O. Box 1571235 Water StreetEast Greenville, PA 18041
knoll.com
Table of Contents
Introduction Knoll and Sustainable Design 3Equity Finishes 4Equity Legacy Finishes 5Equity fabrics 6General information 7Equity 120 Layout Comparison 8Worksurfaces, tables, peninsula, and transition tops 9
Panels, Connections, Power andAccessories
Generation 1 fabric panel 12Generation 2 Insert Panel 14Generation 1 16Generation 3 24Plexiglas 37Stack-On Panels 38Stack-On Insert Panel 39Stack-On Fabric Panel 43Stack-on Posts 47Currents 48How to order electrical systems 50Technical data 51Ceiling infeeds 53‘‘E’’ Series electrical 55‘‘O’’ Series electrical 60‘‘O’’ Series electrical components 62Electrical/Communication accessories 63Panel accessories 64
Worksurfaces and Tables Worksurface loading/support 66General information 67EW1 Worksurfaces 71EW2 Worksurfaces 75Worksurface, blended double corner, curved cluster, corner round 79Worksurfaces, D, P+9 80Worksurface, half round 82Cascade Edge Worksurfaces 83120° 89Tables 91Counter caps, straight 93Counter caps, corner 94Worksurface supports and accessories 95
Freestanding General information 97Preconfigured 98Overdesk shelf and cabinet (painted/fabric) 100Preconfigured, D unit, P/9 unit, 101Freestanding support components 103
Pedestals and Files Floorstanding pedestals 105Mobile, suspended and double-width pedestals 106Pedestal accessories 108
Cabinets and Shelves Corner shelves 109Equity shelves and overhead cabinets 110Equity shelves and overhead cabinet 112Equity overhead cabinet back 113Tackboard for panels 114Task Lights 115
Wall Mounting of Knoll Products 116
Equity
PLEQ07121
Copyright � 2012 Knoll, Inc.All rights reserved.All prices effective 7/15/2012.
Alpha-Numeric Index 118
Selling Policy 124
KnollKey Lock Program 126
Key-alike policy to match locks 127
General Ordering Information 128
Equity
2
Knoll and Sustainable Design
Each year Knoll sets key initiatives in our journey to sustainability. We are members of a global consortium on energy, have adopted ascientific, metrics-based approach to sustainable product design, and maintain a leadership position in establishing universal,verifiable, sustainability standards for our industry.
Knoll promotes independent third-party certification because it provides the most impartial and trustworthy foundation for industry-wideenvironmental compliance. Certification by established and respected third parties ensures that all manufacturers are held to the samehigh standards and that customers can trust a company’s declaration about the environmental benefits of its products. Knoll third-partypartners include: the International Standards Organization (ISO); Forest Stewardship Council (FSC�); Rainforest Alliance;GREENGUARD� Environmental Institute; and The Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer’s Association (BIFMA) level�certification from Scientific Certification Systems (SCS).
In addition, Knoll is aligned with the U.S. Green Building Council and can help companies, healthcare organizations and educationalinstitutions achieve Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED�) workplace certification.
Global Climate Change• Knoll is a sponsor of the Clinton Global Initiative, which brings together a community of global leaders to devise and implement
solutions to some of the world’s most pressing challenges, including environmental change.
• Knoll has a comprehensive Energy Management Program to increase energy efficiency in products and processes.
Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) Tool• Life Cycle Assessment is a science-based measurement of a product’s environmental impacts throughout its life cycle, from raw
materials sourcing through manufacture, shipping, use and re-use or end-of-life. LCA enables cradle-to-cradle implementation ofsustainable practices.
• Knoll has partnered with The Green Standard.org to develop an affordable, universal ISO-compliant computer-based LCA tool thatcan be used by the entire contract furniture industry and is partnering on the development of an Environmental Product DeclarationSystem (EPDs) for Knoll products. EPDs are verified documents containing LCA results and additional environmental performanceinformation about a product.
Setting Industry Standards• Knoll partners with MTS (The Institue for Market Transformation to Sustainability) to develop the SMaRT© Consensus Sustainable
Products Standards, a set of consensus-based sustainable product standards based on the LEED� model, for all building products,fabric, apparel, flooring and carpet. MTS, the developer of SMaRT©, is an accredited American National Standards Institute (ANSI)standard developer.
• Knoll also partners with BIFMA (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association) to promote level� sustainabilitystandards for the contract furniture industry.
• Knoll has established FSC� (Forest Stewardship Council) certified wood as the standard for general office open plan office systems,casegoods and tables.
• Knoll has launched Full Circle, a resource recovery program developed with ANEW, to help customers extend the life cycle of surplusfurniture, fixtures and equipment (FF&E) in an economically, socially and environmentally responsible manner.
• Our goal is to encourage all manufacturers in the contract furniture industry and related industries to adopt standards that will lead tosustainable products and practices.
For more information about Knoll and sustainable design, visit knoll.com/environment.
3
Equity Finishes
Core finishes
Laminates
111 Jet Black114 Folkstone Grey
(was LA)117 Soft Grey (was M42)118 Bright White119 Pumice (was LF)121 Micro Grey122 Brushed Sand123 Brushed Grey124 Medium Cherry125 Natural Maple126 Natural Cherry127 Walnut128 Fog129 Micro Sand
Worksurface Edge
111 Jet Black113 Dark Grey (was Y3)114 Folkstone Grey
(was LA)115 Medium Grey (was Y2)117 Soft Grey (was E)118 Bright White119 Pumice (was LF)124 Medium Cherry125 Natural Maple126 Natural Cherry127 Walnut128 Fog
Knoll Color Program Painted TrimEP3 Panelsall other painted components
P1 Finishes
111 Jet Black112 Brown113 Dark Grey (was Y3)114 Folkstone Grey
(was LA)115 Med. Grey (was Y2)116 Sandstone117 Soft Grey (was E)
P2 Finishes
611 Beige Mist Metallic612 Medium Metallic Grey
P3 Finishes
118 Bright White613 Silver (was 3)
Insert Optionsfor insert panels, stack-on panels andadd-on screens.
Plexiglass
CL ClearIC IceSM SmokedTR Translucent
Lumasite (stack-on panels andadd-on screens only)
LF Frost
Equity
4
Equity Legacy Finishes
Legacy finishes
Note: Specify Legacy finishes tomatch existing product only.Legacy finishes are not availablefor new customers.
Note: EP1 and EP2 panels andcomponents are only available inP1 or P3 LEGACY paint trim unlessotherwise noted.
Legacy Laminatesfor worksurfaces, cabinet fronts anddoor panels
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany laminate product whenspecifying a legacy laminate.
e MC Caramel Maplee CM Clear Maplee M5 Dark Neutrale MP58 Deep Mahoganye M95 Grey Granitee M1 Light Greye MP70 Light Oake CP276 Markerboarde PA Pearwoode M96 Rose Granitee SD Sande M89 Med. Grey (Slate)e B Snowe M80 Taupee WM Warm Cherrye ES7 White Essencee MR6 Winter Grey Matrix
Legacy Worksurface Edge2mm edgeband and 1� ergonomicedgee D Dark Neutrale B Snowe R Taupee SD Sand
2mm edge only(not available on EW3 worksurfaces).e MC Caramel Maplee CM Clear Maplee WM Warm Cherrye MT Metal
Note: Laminates and other finishesmay vary in color due to differentdye lots. Slight variations arenormal.
Legacy finishes (cont.)
Legacy Painted TrimEP1, EP2 Panelsfor painted parts, accessories, paneltrim, cabinet trim and pedestalsunless otherwise noted.
P1 Finishes
D Dark NeutralR Taupe113 Dark Grey (was Y3)115 Med. Grey (was Y2)117 Soft Grey (was E)
P2 Finishes (not available ongeneration1 panels and panelcomponents)
H Beige MetallicW Light Tan Metallic
P3 Finishes
613 Silver (was 3)
Equity
5
Equity fabrics
Note: All 72� wide fabric covered cabinets with single door, tackboards andprivacy screens require that the textile is railroaded (turned 90 degrees) forapplication. This must be considered when applying a patterned textile.
Fabrics
Grade 10Annex (W1360)Foundation (W351)Growth Spurt (W692)Symbolic Detail (W693)Versatility (W432)
Grade 20Bauhaus Block (W296)Circle Line (W1146)Clarity (W281)Criss Cross (W305)Labyrinth (W352)Nematic (W1292)Photon (W1293)Reflect (W884)Weave Three (W298)
Grade 30Basket Draft (W249)Flow (W565)Harmony (W232)Interknit (W1090)Micro (W465)Relay (W1020)
Grade 40Amplify (W1215)Analogy (K614)Clarkson (W1218)Foil Rap (W535)Hard Rock (W1007)Heavy Metal (W539)Metaphor (K612)Palladium (W1030)
Grade 45Dristi (K872)
COM (Customer’s Own Material)COM can be applied to Equityproducts on a select basis. Pleaseconsult your Knoll CustomerService Representative for detailson the COM approval process andtesting requirements.
Pricing for COM fabrics is at Grade10.
Note: Always contact yourCustomer Service Representativeprior to sending any COM(including pre-approvedKnollTextiles) to themanufacturing facility.
Equity
6
General information
Fabric Panels incorporate amineral wool core construction.Fabric panels are acoustical andfully tackable. The base raceway isnominally 5� high.
Insert Panels are constructed witha tapered aluminum frame that ismitered in the corners. Insertpanels may be ordered withplexiglas or as an open frame forcomplete accessibility through thepanel.
Access Panels allow for air flow orutility access below worksurfaceheight while providing a fabricprivacy screen above theworksurface.
Stack-On Panels connect on thetop of any standard panel to provideadditional privacy or new aestheticoptions and are also load bearing.
Post Connectors are 1 1/2�diameter and required at everypanel connection and panel end(except when postless end assemblyis used). Posts are painted to matchthe selected trim finish and includean adjustable glide on the bottomfor leveling.
Fabric, Insert, Steel and Accesspanels all accept electricalcomponents.
Equity panels distribute powerthrough the office and directly tothe individual work station throughfield-installed modular, electricalwiring components in the base ofthe panels. The panel base isfactory prepared to accept aterminal block in a centeredlocation where two 20-ampreceptacles can be installed; one oneach side of a panel, arrangedback-to-back. An auxiliary �sidemount� duplex receptacle is alsoavailable and plugs directly into theside of the terminal block connectorend when a second duplexreceptacle is required.
The panel base is capable ofsupporting up to 102 Category 5,.20� cables (40 at 40% fill rate)without electric and 36 Category 5,.20� cables (14 at 40% fill rate) inan electrified panel.
The panel base cover providesopenings for receptacles and/orcommunication outlets, which canbe covered when not in use.
All panel bases provide a cablemanagement segment to facilitatelay-in of workstation cables andcords.
Width dimension of all panels iscenterline to centerline of adjacentpost connectors.
Panel thickness is 1 1/2�. Panelthick- ness at the base covers is 2�.
For any code compliance testingdata, please contact your CustomerService Representative.
See Finishes and Fabrics pages forappropriate finish options.
Environmental ImpactEquity takes great pride inproviding one of the mostenvironmentally friendly furnituresystems available on the markettoday.
The Equity laminate furnituresystem is manufactured with greaterthan 40 percent recycled material.A portion of the composite woodproducts used in the manufacture ofthe Equity system are derived fromForest Stewardship Council (FSC)-certified forests. None of the gluesor adhesives used in producing theproduct contain volatile organiccompounds.
Clean technology powder coating isused on the metal components aswell as the pedestals and overheadcabinets.
Low mercury, high-efficiencylighting is used in all Equity lights.The steel and plastic materials usedto construct Equity can be recycledafter the product’s life. The systemis also designed to be cleaned withlow environmental impact materials.
The clean technology used tomanufacture the Equity systemresults in negligible off-gassingfrom the product. Equity is aGreenguard-registered product,awaiting certification.
LEED CreditsThe sustainable design of theEquity system can help customersachieve the following CommercialInteriors LEED credits:
Credit 4.1 and 4.2 RecycledContent: The standard Equityfurniture system has a recycledcontent greater than 40 percent.
Credit 7.0 Certified Wood: Thewood materials used to constructthe Equity system can be chain ofcustody certified from FSC-certifiedforests.
Credit 4.5 Low Emitting Materials,Furniture and Furnishings: Thestandard Equity system has beentested and is Greenguard certified.
The sustainable design of the Equitysystem can help customers achievethe following New ConstructionLEED credit:
Credit 4.1 Recycled Content: TheEquity system has a post-industrialrecycled content greater than 40percent, which can help obtain anInnovation credit in this category.
Credit 7.0 Certified Wood: Thewood materials used to constructthe Equity system can be chain ofcustody certified from FSC-certifiedforests.
The sustainable design of the Equitysystem can help customers achievethe following Existing Building Leedcredits:
Prerequisite 1 WasteManagement: Low mercury lightingis supplied in all Equity lights.
Credit 4.0 Recycled Content:Equity has a post-industrialrecycled content of more than 40percent, which can help obtain anInnovation credit in this category.
Credit 5.0 Green Housekeeping:The Equity system is designed tobe cleaned with low-impactenvironmental cleaning fluids.
Credit 7.0 Certified Wood: Thewood materials used to constructthe Equity system can be chain ofcustody certified from FSC-certifiedforests.
Equity
7
Equity 120 Layout Comparison
The 120-degree planning model provides comparable or greater squarefootage per workstation than typical cubicle layouts (comparisons areillustrated on this page). At the same time, Equity 120 allows for a morenatural space, creating a more comfortable place to work. Maintaining aconsistent 48� module promotes improved asset management anda reduction of reconfiguration costs.
Big House
Sq. Feet = 69.8�7 panels
Full House
Sq. Feet = 42.1�5 panels
Open House
Sq. Feet = 35.5�4 panels
8� x 8�
Sq. Feet = 64�7 panels
6� x 7�
Sq. Feet = 42�7 panels
6� x 6�
Sq. Feet = 36�6 panels
Townhouse
Sq. Feet = 34.1�3 panels each
Apartment
Sq. Feet = 32.1�2 panels
8 Open House stations
Sq. Feet= 284�19 panels
8 station clusterEach station 6� x 6�
Sq. Feet = 288�28 panels
6� x 6�
Sq. Feet = 36�6 panels
4� x 6�
Sq. Feet = 24�4 panels
Equity
8
Worksurfaces, tables,peninsula, and transition tops
These worksurfaces are designed specifically for Equity 120. The (L/R)suffix at the end of a pattern number indicates a defined pedestal location.If the worksurface has no defined pedestal location, the (L/R) representsthe curved side of the top. All tops and tables are available with 2mmedge band or a 1� ergonomic edge.
Worksurface: W3This worksurface, combined with the T3 Transition top, works bestwith the ‘‘apartment’’ layout. This application allows for stations onboth sides of the spine, and is ideal for high density layouts. Availablein extended versions for placement directly next to anotherworksurface.
Worksurface: W4This top works well in the ‘‘open house,’’ ‘‘full house,’’ and ‘‘bighouse’’ layouts for call center, professional, and managerialapplications.
Worksurface: W5 (L/R)With transition top T5 and this worksurface, teaming is made easyusing the ‘‘townhouse’’ or ‘‘open house’’ layout. The shared spaceallows for call center, professional, or technical applications.
left right
Worksurface: W6 (L/R)In the ‘‘big house,’’ ‘‘full house’’ or ‘‘open house’’, this worksurfaceallows for a pedestal on one side (determined by the L/R).Applications for this top include a call center with the ‘‘open house,’’technical applications with the ‘‘full house,’’ and managerial layoutswith the ‘‘big house.’’
left right
Worksurface: W7 (L/R)Used in conjunction with a T4 transition top, the W7 worksurfaceprovides a great teaming space when the ‘‘townhouse’’ layout is used.The ‘‘open house’’ layout incorporates the T2 transition top forprofessional or technical stations with shared space for conferencing.Available in extended versions for placement directly next to anotherworksurface.
left right
Worksurface: W11 / W1118 (L/R)This top is a spacious option for a technical station in the ‘‘openhouse’’ layout. Adding a T2 transition top provides additional teamingspace. The W11 surface also fits nicely in a private managerial officeor a ‘‘full house’’ professional application.
left right
Equity
9
Worksurfaces, tables,peninsula, and transition tops
Worksurface: W12 / W1218 (L/R)This top, with the T5/T518 transition top provides a technical officewith shared conferencing space in the ‘‘open house’’ layout. The 18�return allows ample space in the supervisory application of the ‘‘fullhouse.’’
left right
Worksurface: W13 / W1318 (L/R)This surface provides a teaming space with the T2/T218 transition inthe ‘‘open house’’ layout. The W13/W1318 creates generousworksurface space in the ‘‘full house’’ as well as the managementlayout of the ‘‘big house.’’
left right
Transition Tops
Transition tops require columns (not included) for support. Flat brackets(not included) are required to attach transition tops to adjacentworksurfaces.
Transition top: T2
Transition top: T218
Transition top: T3
Transition top: T4
Transition top: T5
Transition top: T518
Application Notes
Equity 120 worksurfaces usecantilevers as their main form ofsupport. A cantilever must be usedat each post location to supportworksurfaces properly. A pedestalmay be used for support, whereapplicable, in conjunction withcantilevers.
Standard Equity 120 worksurfaceheight is approximately 28�,worksurfaces and other componentsare designed to be complementedwith standard height Calibrepedestals.
Standard Equity and Equity heightCalibre pedestals may also be used.Worksurface height will beapproximately 29� with thesecomponents.
Equity
10
Worksurfaces, tables,peninsula, and transition tops
Peninsula Tops
Peninsula top: P1
Peninsula top: P2 right hand
Peninsula top: P2 left hand
Application Notes
Peninsula tops provide additionalworkspace in a ‘‘big house’’ layout.
Peninsula tops are freestanding andsupported by table legs, columns ora combination of both.
Equity
11
Generation 1 fabric panel28� thru 48� high
description type w h pattern no. 10 20 25 30 35 40 45add for
P2add for
P3
Fabric panel 28� high 12� 28� EP1FA1228R $600. $648. $662. $678. $690. $702. $719. n/a $50.18� 28� EP1FA1828R 625. 674. 687. 704. 715. 731. 748. n/a 50.24� 28� EP1FA2428R 647. 700. 712. 732. 744. 757. 779. n/a 50.30� 28� EP1FA3028R 666. 716. 732. 751. 766. 780. 800. n/a 50.36� 28� EP1FA3628R 696. 750. 765. 784. 801. 813. 835. n/a 50.42� 28� EP1FA4228R 727. 783. 800. 820. 837. 849. 869. n/a 50.48� 28� EP1FA4828R 752. 814. 827. 850. 866. 882. 905. n/a 50.60� 28� EP1FA6028R 802. 863. 881. 906. 921. 935. 961. n/a 50.
40� high 12� 40� EP1FA1240R 630. 679. 694. 712. 724. 738. 753. n/a 50.18� 40� EP1FA1840R 661. 712. 727. 744. 757. 771. 789. n/a 50.24� 40� EP1FA2440R 690. 744. 759. 781. 794. 808. 827. n/a 50.30� 40� EP1FA3040R 711. 769. 782. 805. 818. 832. 852. n/a 50.36� 40� EP1FA3640R 734. 794. 808. 829. 846. 859. 882. n/a 50.42� 40� EP1FA4240R 819. 883. 901. 924. 942. 957. 984. n/a 50.48� 40� EP1FA4840R 845. 913. 927. 953. 969. 987. 1,010. n/a 50.60� 40� EP1FA6040R 949. 1,025. 1,042. 1,072. 1,091. 1,108. 1,139. n/a 50.
48� high 12� 48� EP1FA1248R 648. 701. 713. 733. 745. 759. 780. n/a 50.18� 48� EP1FA1848R 680. 735. 748. 770. 783. 800. 818. n/a 50.24� 48� EP1FA2448R 745. 806. 821. 845. 858. 874. 893. n/a 50.30� 48� EP1FA3048R 767. 827. 845. 866. 882. 897. 921. n/a 50.36� 48� EP1FA3648R 778. 839. 853. 877. 890. 907. 930. n/a 50.42� 48� EP1FA4248R 863. 932. 951. 975. 994. 1,010. 1,037. n/a 50.48� 48� EP1FA4848R 921. 994. 1,010. 1,039. 1,059. 1,076. 1,105. n/a 50.60� 48� EP1FA6048R 1,047. 1,133. 1,152. 1,182. 1,204. 1,225. 1,257. n/a 50.
Order Code
Example: EP1FA3648R, W3513,117
EP1FA Fabric panel36 Width48 HeightR RacewayW351-3 Foundation, Corn Silk117 Soft grey trim
Specification Information
Specify fabric and trim color.
Post assemblies or connectionelements must be orderedseperately.
Note:Power duplexes cannot be installedon 12� W panels. Side mountreceptacles available in 24� Wpanels and wider while using ‘‘E’’series power.
Electrical components must beordered separately.
Pricing listed above is for P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
Note: P2 trim colors are notavailable on EP1 panels and panelcomponents.
Application Notes
Panel is fabric covered. If twodifferent fabrics are used on onepanel, price will reflect cost of themore expensive panel fabric.
NOTE: EP1 & EP2 Panels andcomponents are available inlegacy colors only.
Equity
12
Generation 1 fabric panel53� thru 80�
description type w h pattern no. 10 20 25 30 35 40 45add for
P2add for
P3
Fabric panel 53� high 12� 53� EP1FA1253R $664. $714. $730. $747. $761. $774. $796. n/a $50.18� 53� EP1FA1853R 697. 751. 766. 785. 802. 814. 837. n/a 50.24� 53� EP1FA2453R 735. 796. 811. 832. 847. 860. 883. n/a 50.30� 53� EP1FA3053R 753. 816. 829. 853. 868. 883. 906. n/a 50.36� 53� EP1FA3653R 868. 937. 956. 984. 998. 1,017. 1,042. n/a 50.42� 53� EP1FA4253R 907. 981. 998. 1,026. 1,042. 1,062. 1,089. n/a 50.48� 53� EP1FA4853R 959. 1,036. 1,055. 1,084. 1,103. 1,121. 1,150. n/a 50.60� 53� EP1FA6053R 1,089. 1,176. 1,197. 1,229. 1,252. 1,274. 1,306. n/a 50.
60� high 12� 60� EP1FA1260R 679. 734. 747. 769. 782. 796. 816. n/a 50.18� 60� EP1FA1860R 719. 779. 791. 813. 825. 842. 863. n/a 50.24� 60� EP1FA2460R 734. 794. 808. 829. 846. 859. 882. n/a 50.30� 60� EP1FA3060R 812. 877. 890. 919. 932. 950. 971. n/a 50.36� 60� EP1FA3660R 886. 957. 973. 1,001. 1,021. 1,037. 1,064. n/a 50.42� 60� EP1FA4260R 966. 1,042. 1,064. 1,092. 1,109. 1,129. 1,159. n/a 50.48� 60� EP1FA4860R 1,043. 1,128. 1,148. 1,179. 1,200. 1,220. 1,255. n/a 50.60� 60� EP1FA6060R 1,199. 1,296. 1,319. 1,355. 1,379. 1,403. 1,439. n/a 50.
65� high 12� 65� EP1FA1265R 715. 774. 787. 811. 823. 840. 859. n/a 50.18� 65� EP1FA1865R 733. 791. 807. 827. 845. 856. 880. n/a 50.24� 65� EP1FA2465R 821. 887. 905. 927. 947. 961. 986. n/a 50.30� 65� EP1FA3065R 869. 939. 957. 985. 1,001. 1,018. 1,043. n/a 50.36� 65� EP1FA3665R 924. 998. 1,018. 1,044. 1,064. 1,082. 1,108. n/a 50.42� 65� EP1FA4265R 1,007. 1,091. 1,108. 1,140. 1,160. 1,179. 1,212. n/a 50.48� 65� EP1FA4865R 1,092. 1,178. 1,200. 1,232. 1,256. 1,278. 1,310. n/a 50.60� 65� EP1FA6065R 1,261. 1,361. 1,388. 1,426. 1,449. 1,475. 1,514. n/a 50.
80� high 12� 80� EP1FA1280R 729. 784. 801. 821. 838. 850. 874. n/a 50.18� 80� EP1FA1880R 774. 838. 852. 876. 889. 906. 928. n/a 50.24� 80� EP1FA2480R 825. 891. 910. 934. 951. 967. 991. n/a 50.30� 80� EP1FA3080R 927. 1,001. 1,023. 1,049. 1,067. 1,085. 1,112. n/a 50.36� 80� EP1FA3680R 1,035. 1,115. 1,138. 1,171. 1,190. 1,210. 1,240. n/a 50.42� 80� EP1FA4280R 1,139. 1,229. 1,252. 1,285. 1,310. 1,332. 1,365. n/a 50.48� 80� EP1FA4880R 1,240. 1,339. 1,363. 1,402. 1,427. 1,450. 1,487. n/a 50.60� 80� EP1FA6080R 1,447. 1,561. 1,591. 1,635. 1,664. 1,692. 1,737. n/a 50.
Order Code
Example: EP1FA2460R, W3513,117
EP1FA Fabric panel24 Width60 HeightW351-3 Foundation,Corn Silk117 Soft grey trim
Specification Information
Specify fabric and trim color.
Post assemblies or connectionelements must be orderedseperately.
Note:Power duplexes cannot be installedon 12� W panels. Side mountreceptacles available in 24� Wpanels and wider while using ‘‘E’’series power.
Electrical components must beordered separately.
Pricing listed above is for P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
Note: P2 trim colors are notavailable on EP1 panels and panelcomponents.
Application Notes
Panel is fabric covered. If twodifferent fabrics are used on onepanel, price will reflect cost of themore expensive panel fabric.
NOTE: EP1 & EP2 Panels andcomponents are available inlegacy colors only.
Equity
13
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Generation 2 Insert Panel(compatible with generation 1 panel components only)
description type w d h pattern no.
openframe
OFplexiglas
PG*
add forP2
finishes
add forP3
finishes
Insert panel 28� high 12� – 28� EP2( )1228R $639. $859. n/a $50.18� – 28� EP2( )1828R 652. 921. n/a 50.24� – 28� EP2( )2428R 665. 971. n/a 50.30� – 28� EP2( )3028R 679. 1,028. n/a 50.36� – 28� EP2( )3628R 696. 1,077. n/a 50.42� – 28� EP2( )4228R 714. 1,164. n/a 50.48� – 28� EP2( )4828R 731. 1,186. n/a 50.60� – 28� EP2( )6028R 765. 1,292. n/a 50.
40� high 12� – 40� EP2( )1240R 675. 943. n/a 50.18� – 40� EP2( )1840R 689. 1,000. n/a 50.24� – 40� EP2( )2440R 700. 1,059. n/a 50.30� – 40� EP2( )3040R 715. 1,165. n/a 50.36� – 40� EP2( )3640R 731. 1,312. n/a 50.42� – 40� EP2( )4240R 750. 1,339. n/a 50.48� – 40� EP2( )4840R 767. 1,359. n/a 50.60� – 40� EP2( )6040R 802. 1,497. n/a 50.
48� high 12� – 48� EP2( )1248R 689. 970. n/a 50.18� – 48� EP2( )1848R 703. 1,069. n/a 50.24� – 48� EP2( )2448R 713. 1,145. n/a 50.30� – 48� EP2( )3048R 731. 1,247. n/a 50.36� – 48� EP2( )3648R 744. 1,268. n/a 50.42� – 48� EP2( )4248R 765. 1,396. n/a 50.48� – 48� EP2( )4848R 782. 1,653. n/a 50.60� – 48� EP2( )6048R 814. 1,671. n/a 50.
53� high 12� – 53� EP2( )1253R 712. 1,001. n/a 50.18� – 53� EP2( )1853R 727. 1,098. n/a 50.24� – 53� EP2( )2453R 734. 1,173. n/a 50.30� – 53� EP2( )3053R 752. 1,278. n/a 50.36� – 53� EP2( )3653R 767. 1,360. n/a 50.42� – 53� EP2( )4253R 786. 1,512. n/a 50.48� – 53� EP2( )4853R 805. 1,531. n/a 50.60� – 53� EP2( )6053R 839. 1,701. n/a 50.
* All Colors
Order Code
Example: EP2PG3648R, PC, 613
EP2PG Plexiglas Insert Panel36 Width48 HeightR RacewayPC Polycarbonate Clear61 Silver trim
Specification Information
Specify insert type, insert color andtrim color.
Pricing listed above is for P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
Topcaps and base raceway coversare included with panels. Posts andpost connectors must be orderedseparately.
NOTE: P2 trim colors are notavailable on EP2 panels or panelcomponents.
Application Notes
Generation 2 insert panelsincorporate the generation 3 miteredpanel frame with generation 1topcaps and base raceway coversand will only work with generation 1panels and panel components.
NOTE: EP1 & EP2 Panels andcomponents are available inlegacy colors only.
Equity
14
Generation 2 Insert Panel(compatible with generation 1 panel components only)
description type w d h pattern no.
openframe
OFplexiglas
PG*
add forP2
finishes
add forP3
finishes
Insert panel 60� high 12� – 60� EP2( )1260R $719. $1,036. n/a $50.18� – 60� EP2( )1860R 733. 1,148. n/a 50.24� – 60� EP2( )2460R 743. 1,265. n/a 50.30� – 60� EP2( )3060R 759. 1,393. n/a 50.36� – 60� EP2( )3660R 774. 1,412. n/a 50.42� – 60� EP2( )4260R 796. 1,540. n/a 50.48� – 60� EP2( )4860R 811. 1,666. n/a 50.60� – 60� EP2( )6060R 845. 1,868. n/a 50.
65� high 12� – 65� EP2( )1265R 731. 1,049. n/a 50.18� – 65� EP2( )1865R 744. 1,162. n/a 50.24� – 65� EP2( )2465R 753. 1,296. n/a 50.30� – 65� EP2( )3065R 770. 1,408. n/a 50.36� – 65� EP2( )3665R 786. 1,427. n/a 50.42� – 65� EP2( )4265R 806. 1,555. n/a 50.48� – 65� EP2( )4865R 821. 1,905. n/a 50.60� – 65� EP2( )6065R 853. 1,940. n/a 50.
80� high 12� – 80� EP2( )1280R 781. 1,196. n/a 50.18� – 80� EP2( )1880R 796. 1,327. n/a 50.24� – 80� EP2( )2480R 805. 1,446. n/a 50.30� – 80� EP2( )3080R 820. 1,674. n/a 50.36� – 80� EP2( )3680R 838. 1,819. n/a 50.42� – 80� EP2( )4280R 853. 2,098. n/a 50.48� – 80� EP2( )4880R 870. 2,117. n/a 50.60� – 80� EP2( )6080R 906. 2,408. n/a 50.
* All Colors
Order Code
Example: EP2PG3648R, PC, 613
EP2PG Plexiglas Insert Panel36 Width48 HeightR RacewayPC Polycarbonate Clear61 Silver trim
Specification Information
Specify insert type, insert color andtrim color.
Pricing listed above is for P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
Topcaps and base raceway coversare included with panels. Posts andpost connectors must be orderedseparately.
NOTE: P2 trim colors are notavailable on EP2 panels or panelcomponents.
Application Notes
Generation 2 insert panelsincorporate the generation 3 miteredpanel frame with generation 1topcaps and base raceway coversand will only work with generation 1panels and panel components.
NOTE: EP1 & EP2 Panels andcomponents are available inlegacy colors only.
Equity
15
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Generation 1wall starter and wall mount channel
description w d h *actualheight pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Panel wall starter 11/2� 1/2� 28� 23� EP1PWS28 $40. n/a $44.11/2� 1/2� 40� 35� EP1PWS40 40. n/a 44.11/2� 1/2� 48� 43� EP1PWS48 44. n/a 48.11/2� 1/2� 53� 48� EP1PWS53 46. n/a 51.11/2� 1/2� 60� 55� EP1PWS60 46. n/a 51.11/2� 1/2� 65� 60� EP1PWS65 48. n/a 54.11/2� 1/2� 80� 75� EP1PWS80 54. n/a 63.
Wall mount channel 27/8� 3/4� 28� 23� EP1WMC28 103. n/a 112.27/8� 3/4� 40� 35� EP1WMC40 103. n/a 112.27/8� 3/4� 48� 43� EP1WMC48 105. n/a 114.27/8� 3/4� 53� 48� EP1WMC53 106. n/a 117.27/8� 3/4� 60� 55� EP1WMC60 119. n/a 133.27/8� 3/4� 65� 60� EP1WMC65 122. n/a 138.27/8� 3/4� 80� 75� EP1WMC80 149. n/a 163.27/8� 3/4� 120� 120� EP1WMC120 228. n/a 253.
* - actual height
Order Code
Example: EP1PWS60, 117
EP1PWS Panel wall starter60 Height117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color.
NOTE:Knoll, Inc. assumes noresponsibility for wallconstruction or performance offasteners used.
Application Notes
Wall starter:Used to start a run of panels byfastening to an existing wall andattaching a connector assembly to it.Creates11/4� space from face of wallto centerline of post. Constructed ofsteel.
The wall starter includes panel topand bottom hooks and modified postconnector. Fasteners not included toattach to wall.
Post and shrouds must be orderedseparately.
Wall mount channel:Allows hanging of all componentsand accessories on reinforcedbuilding walls.
Painted extruded aluminum with aplastic inset which snaps in place,covering mounting screws.
NOTE: EP1 & EP2 Panels andcomponents are available inlegacy colors only.
Equity
16
Generation 1single height post assembliesstraight, corner and end
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Straight – – 28� EP1P28S $136. n/a $150.- – 40� EP1P40S 138. n/a 151.- – 48� EP1P48S 139. n/a 152.- – 53� EP1P53S 141. n/a 154.- – 60� EP1P60S 143. n/a 156.- – 65� EP1P65S 144. n/a 158.- – 80� EP1P80S 148. n/a 162.
Corner (90°) – – 28� EP1P28L 132. n/a 143.- – 40� EP1P40L 133. n/a 144.- – 48� EP1P48L 134. n/a 148.- – 53� EP1P53L 136. n/a 150.- – 60� EP1P60L 138. n/a 151.- – 65� EP1P65L 139. n/a 152.- – 80� EP1P80L 143. n/a 156.
End – – 28� EP1P28E 144. n/a 158.- – 40� EP1P40E 146. n/a 160.- – 48� EP1P48E 148. n/a 162.- – 53� EP1P53E 149. n/a 163.- – 60� EP1P60E 150. n/a 164.- – 65� EP1P65E 151. n/a 168.- – 80� EP1P80E 153. n/a 172.
Order Code
Example: EP1P48S, 117
EP1P Post48 HeightS Straight assembly117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color.
Specify fabric color (if post coversare specified).
Application Notes
Used to connect panels of the sameheight.
Kit includes single height post, postplug, post connector and baseraceway shroud(s) appropriate forthe geometry specified.
NOTE: EP1 & EP2 Panels andcomponents are available inlegacy colors only.
Bottom levelers on post allow for upto 11/2� vertical adjustment.
Equity
17
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Generation 1single height post assembliesthree and four way
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Three way (‘‘T’’) – – 28� EP1P28T $132. n/a $143.- – 40� EP1P40T 133. n/a 144.- – 48� EP1P48T 134. n/a 148.- – 53� EP1P53T 136. n/a 150.- – 60� EP1P60T 138. n/a 151.- – 65� EP1P65T 139. n/a 152.- – 80� EP1P80T 143. n/a 156.
Three way (‘‘Y’’) – – 28� EP1P28Y 164. n/a 184.- – 40� EP1P40Y 168. n/a 185.- – 48� EP1P48Y 170. n/a 186.- – 53� EP1P53Y 171. n/a 188.- – 60� EP1P60Y 172. n/a 189.- – 65� EP1P65Y 174. n/a 191.- – 80� EP1P80Y 176. n/a 191.
Four way (‘‘X’’) – – 28� EP1P28X 114. n/a 125.- – 40� EP1P40X 117. n/a 129.- – 48� EP1P48X 118. n/a 132.- – 53� EP1P53X 119. n/a 133.- – 60� EP1P60X 120. n/a 134.- – 65� EP1P65X 121. n/a 135.- – 80� EP1P80X 124. n/a 138.
Order Code
Example: EP1P80T, 117
EP1P Post80 HeightT ‘‘T’’ assembly117 Soft Grey trim
Secification Information
Specify trim color.
Specify fabric color (if post coversare specified).
Application Notes
Used to connect panels of the sameheight.
Kit includes single height post, postplug, post connector and baseraceway shroud(s) appropriate forthe geometry specified.
NOTE: EP1 & EP2 Panels andcomponents are available inlegacy colors only.
Bottom levelers on post allow for upto 11/2� vertical adjustment.
Equity
18
Generation 1dual height posts
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Dual height post – – 28�/40� EP1DP2840 $141. n/a $154.- – 40�/48� EP1DP4048 150. n/a 164.- – 28�/48� EP1DP2848 150. n/a 164.- – 48�/53� EP1DP4853 153. n/a 172.- – 28�/53� EP1DP2853 153. n/a 172.- – 40�/53� EP1DP4053 153. n/a 172.- – 53�/60� EP1DP5360 156. n/a 174.- – 48�/60� EP1DP4860 156. n/a 174.- – 40�/60� EP1DP4060 156. n/a 174.- – 28�/60� EP1DP2860 156. n/a 174.– – 28�/65� EP1DP2865 162. n/a 177.– – 40�/65� EP1DP4065 162. n/a 177.– – 53�/65� EP1DP5365 162. n/a 177.– – 48�/65� EP1DP4865 162. n/a 177.– – 60�/65� EP1DP6065 162. n/a 177.– – 40�/80� EP1DP4080 177. n/a 197.– – 48�/80� EP1DP4880 177. n/a 197.– – 60�/80� EP1DP6080 177. n/a 197.– – 65�/80� EP1DP6580 177. n/a 197.– – 28�/80� EP1DP2880 177. n/a 197.– – 53�/80� EP1DP5380 183. n/a 201.
Order Code
Example: EP1DP4860, 613
EP1DP Dual height post48 Height one60 Height two613 Silver
Specification Information
Specify trim color.
Application Notes
Dual height posts are used wherepanels of two different heightsintersect.
Bottom levelers on posts allow forup to11/2� vertical adjustment.
Due to the variety of combinationspossible, connector caps, shroudsand post covers must all be orderedseparately.
NOTE: EP1 & EP2 Panels andcomponents are available inlegacy colors only.
Equity
19
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Generation 1triple height posts
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Triple height post – – 28�/48�/53� EP1TP284853 $177. n/a $197.- – 28�/48�/60� EP1TP284860 177. n/a 197.- – 28�/53�/60� EP1TP285360 177. n/a 197.- – 40�/48�/60� EP1TP404860 177. n/a 197.- – 40�/48�/53� EP1TP404853 177. n/a 197.- – 28�/40�/60� EP1TP284060 177. n/a 197.- – 48�/53�/60� EP1TP485360 177. n/a 197.- – 28�/40�/48� EP1TP284048 177. n/a 197.- – 28�/40�/53� EP1TP284053 177. n/a 197.- – 40�/53�/60� EP1TP405360 177. n/a 197.– – 28�/53�/65� EP1TP285365 188. n/a 208.– – 48�/53�/65� EP1TP485365 188. n/a 208.– – 40�/53�/65� EP1TP405365 188. n/a 208.– – 53�/60�/65� EP1TP536065 188. n/a 208.– – 40�/60�/65� EP1TP406065 189. n/a 210.– – 28�/60�/65� EP1TP286065 189. n/a 210.– – 40�/48�/65� EP1TP404865 189. n/a 210.– – 48�/60�/65� EP1TP486065 189. n/a 210.– – 28�/40�/65� EP1TP284065 189. n/a 210.– – 28�/48�/65� EP1TP284865 189. n/a 210.– – 53�/60�/80� EP1TP536080 190. n/a 211.– – 48�/53�/80� EP1TP485380 191. n/a 212.– – 40�/53�/80� EP1TP405380 210. n/a 228.– – 28�/53�/80� EP1TP285380 210. n/a 228.– – 48�/65�/80� EP1TP486580 211. n/a 232.– – 53�/65�/80� EP1TP536580 211. n/a 232.– – 28�/48�/80� EP1TP284880 211. n/a 232.– – 28�/40�/80� EP1TP284080 211. n/a 232.– – 28�/60�/80� EP1TP286080 211. n/a 232.– – 40�/60�/80� EP1TP406080 211. n/a 232.– – 40�/65�/80� EP1TP406580 211. n/a 232.– – 28�/65�/80� EP1TP286580 211. n/a 232.– – 40�/48�/80� EP1TP404880 211. n/a 232.– – 48�/60�/80� EP1TP486080 211. n/a 232.– – 60�/65�/80� EP1TP606580 211. n/a 232.
Order Code
Example: EP1TP406080, 113
EP1TP Triple height post40 Height one60 Height two80 Height three113 Dary Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color.
Application Notes
Triple height posts are used where 3or 4 panels of three different heightsintersect.
Bottom levelers on posts allow forup to11/2� vertical adjustment.
Due to the variety of combinationspossible, connector caps, shroudsand post covers must all be orderedseparately.
NOTE: EP1 & EP2 Panels andcomponents are available inlegacy colors only.
Equity
20
Generation 1single height posts
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Single height post – – 28� EP1P28 $66. n/a $72.- – 40� EP1P40 67. n/a 73.- – 48� EP1P48 68. n/a 76.- – 53� EP1P53 70. n/a 77.- – 60� EP1P60 71. n/a 79.- – 65� EP1P65 72. n/a 80.- – 80� EP1P80 76. n/a 82.
Order Code
Example: EP1P48, 117
EP1P Post48 Height117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color.
Post connectors and shrouds mustbe order separately.
Application Notes
Bottom leveler on posts allow for upto11/2� of vertical adjustment.
NOTE: EP1 & EP2 Panels andcomponents are available inlegacy colors only.
Equity
21
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Generation 1post connectors and shrouds
description type pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Post connectors End with post EP1PCEP $33. $35. $36.End with post (for post covers) EP1PCEPK 33. 35. 36.Four-way ‘‘X’’ EP1PCX 48. 51. 57.Multi-height filler EP1PCMF 24. 26. 27.Post plug (pkg. of 25) EP1PLUG 16. 21. 22.Straight EP1PCS 28. 30. 32.Three-way ‘‘T’’ EP1PCT 43. 45. 48.Three-way ‘‘Y’’ 120° EP1PCY 43. 45. 48.Trim filler EP1PCTF 24. 26. 27.Two-way ‘‘L’’ EP1PCL 36. 37. 38.Two-way ‘‘L’’ (for post covers) EP1PCLK 36. 37. 38.Two-way adjustable angle EP1PCA 45. 51. 51.
Raceway shroud End with post EP1SEP 45. n/a 51.End with post (for post covers) EP1SEPK 45. n/a 51.Inside 120 EP1SI120 16. n/a 22.Outside ‘‘L’’ EP1SL 33. n/a 36.Outside ‘‘L’’ (for post covers) EP1SLK 33. n/a 36.Outside 120 EP1SO120 26. n/a 28.Outside 135 EP1SO135 26. n/a 28.Straight EP1SS 24. n/a 27.
Order Code
Example: EP1SEP
EP1S Post shroudEP End with post
Specification Information
Specify post connector and shroudtrim color.
Specify one multi height filler(EP1PCMF) for each low panel in amulti height connection.
NOTE: EP1 & EP2 Panels andcomponents are available inlegacy colors only.
Exception: EP1 posts connectorsonly are available in all colors asthey may need to be specifiedwhen ordering stack-on panelswith an EP3 profile.
Application Notes
Post connectors stabilize panel topanel connections.
Post connectors have painted finishand a quick mount design.Mounting screws are included.Conical connector screw is includedwith post.
One Post Plug (OPPC) is includedwith every connector cap ordered. Ifadditional post plugs are required abag of 25 may be purchasedseparately.
The EP1PCTF is a trim filler piecethat is to be used when no other postpart can be used in a given panellayout. This piece butts againstEP1PCS and EP1PCT, wheninstalled as an addition.
Shrouds provide a finished racewaycover at posts. Two-way ‘‘L’’connections do not require an insideshroud.
Equity
22
Generation 1panel extender kit
description type w d h pattern no. P1 P2add for
P3
Raceway panel extender kit 36� wide 36� – 40� EP1PE3640R $323. n/a $50.36� – 48� EP1PE3648R 360. n/a 50.36� – 53� EP1PE3653R 388. n/a 50.36� – 60� EP1PE3660R 414. n/a 50.36� – 65� EP1PE3665R 438. n/a 50.36� – 80� EP1PE3680R 507. n/a 50.
48� wide 48� – 40� EP1PE4840R 336. n/a 50.48� – 48� EP1PE4848R 374. n/a 50.48� – 53� EP1PE4853R 399. n/a 50.48� – 60� EP1PE4860R 430. n/a 50.48� – 65� EP1PE4865R 449. n/a 50.48� – 80� EP1PE4880R 522. n/a 50.
60� wide 60� – 40� EP1PE6040R 355. n/a 50.60� – 48� EP1PE6048R 388. n/a 50.60� – 53� EP1PE6053R 415. n/a 50.60� – 60� EP1PE6060R 445. n/a 50.60� – 65� EP1PE6065R 465. n/a 50.60� – 80� EP1PE6080R 534. n/a 50.
Order Code
Example: EP1PE6065R, 117
EP1PE Raceway panel extenderkit
60 Width in inches65 HeightR Raceway117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color.
Jumpers to carry power throughpanel are ordered separately. Withpanel extender kits, add 3� tojumper length for each panelextender kit used.
A kit designed to be field mountedonto panels to extend the width ofthe panel by 3� ( 11/2� on each side).This adaption of the panel(s) willallow clearance when positioningexisting freestanding equipment,i.e., files and desks, between sidepanels.
Application Notes
Kit contains two aluminum sideextrusions, an extended top cap,extended baseboard covers, anextended communication boot,installation hardware andinstructions.
NOTE: EP1 & EP2 Panels andcomponents are available inlegacy colors only.
Equity
23
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Generation 3Fabric panel29� thru 54� high
description type w h pattern no.grade
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45add for
P2add for
P3
Fabric panel 29� high 12� 29� EP3FA1229(K/N) $600. $617. $648. $662. $678. $690. $702. $719. $25. $50.18� 29� EP3FA1829(K/N) 625. 643. 674. 687. 704. 715. 731. 748. 25. 50.24� 29� EP3FA2429(K/N) 647. 667. 700. 712. 732. 744. 757. 779. 25. 50.30� 29� EP3FA3029(K/N) 666. 687. 716. 732. 751. 766. 780. 800. 25. 50.36� 29� EP3FA3629(K/N) 696. 714. 750. 765. 784. 801. 813. 835. 25. 50.42� 29� EP3FA4229(K/N) 727. 747. 783. 800. 820. 837. 849. 869. 25. 50.48� 29� EP3FA4829(K/N) 752. 778. 814. 827. 850. 866. 882. 905. 25. 50.60� 29� EP3FA6029(K/N) 802. 823. 863. 881. 906. 921. 935. 961. 25. 50.
41� high 12� 41� EP3FA1241(K/N) 630. 648. 679. 694. 712. 724. 738. 753. 25. 50.18� 41� EP3FA1841(K/N) 661. 678. 712. 727. 744. 757. 771. 789. 25. 50.24� 41� EP3FA2441(K/N) 690. 711. 744. 759. 781. 794. 808. 827. 25. 50.30� 41� EP3FA3041(K/N) 711. 732. 769. 782. 805. 818. 832. 852. 25. 50.36� 41� EP3FA3641(K/N) 734. 755. 794. 808. 829. 846. 859. 882. 25. 50.42� 41� EP3FA4241(K/N) 819. 845. 883. 901. 924. 942. 957. 984. 25. 50.48� 41� EP3FA4841(K/N) 845. 868. 913. 927. 953. 969. 987. 1,010. 25. 50.60� 41� EP3FA6041(K/N) 949. 975. 1,025. 1,042. 1,072. 1,091. 1,108. 1,139. 25. 50.
49� high 12� 49� EP3FA1249(K/N) 648. 669. 701. 713. 733. 745. 759. 780. 25. 50.18� 49� EP3FA1849(K/N) 680. 702. 735. 748. 770. 783. 800. 818. 25. 50.24� 49� EP3FA2449(K/N) 745. 769. 806. 821. 845. 858. 874. 893. 25. 50.30� 49� EP3FA3049(K/N) 767. 789. 827. 845. 866. 882. 897. 921. 25. 50.36� 49� EP3FA3649(K/N) 778. 801. 839. 853. 877. 890. 907. 930. 25. 50.42� 49� EP3FA4249(K/N) 863. 889. 932. 951. 975. 994. 1,010. 1,037. 25. 50.48� 49� EP3FA4849(K/N) 921. 949. 994. 1,010. 1,039. 1,059. 1,076. 1,105. 25. 50.60� 49� EP3FA6049(K/N) 1,047. 1,077. 1,133. 1,152. 1,182. 1,204. 1,225. 1,257. 25. 50.
54� high 12� 54� EP3FA1254(K/N) 664. 680. 714. 730. 747. 761. 774. 796. 25. 50.18� 54� EP3FA1854(K/N) 697. 715. 751. 766. 785. 802. 814. 837. 25. 50.24� 54� EP3FA2454(K/N) 735. 757. 796. 811. 832. 847. 860. 883. 25. 50.30� 54� EP3FA3054(K/N) 753. 779. 816. 829. 853. 868. 883. 906. 25. 50.36� 54� EP3FA3654(K/N) 868. 893. 937. 956. 984. 998. 1,017. 1,042. 25. 50.42� 54� EP3FA4254(K/N) 907. 932. 981. 998. 1,026. 1,042. 1,062. 1,089. 25. 50.48� 54� EP3FA4854(K/N) 959. 988. 1,036. 1,055. 1,084. 1,103. 1,121. 1,150. 25. 50.60� 54� EP3FA6054(K/N) 1,089. 1,120. 1,176. 1,197. 1,229. 1,252. 1,274. 1,306. 25. 50.
Order Code
Example: EP3FA3649N, S812,117
EP3FA Fabric panel36 Width49 HeightN No KnockoutsS812 Saxony Plus Opal fabric117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Informantion
Specify fabric and trim color.
Note:Power duplexes cannot be installedon 12� W panels. Side mountreceptacles available in 24� Wpanels and wider while using ‘‘E’’series power.
Electrical components must beordered separately.
Specify ‘‘K’’ on the end of thepattern number for raceway coverswith knockout ‘‘N’’ for racewaycovers without Knockouts.
Application Notes
Panel is fabric covered. If twodifferent fabrics are used on onepanel, price will reflect cost of themore expensive panel fabric.
Generation 3 panels are notcompatible with Generation 1 orGeneration 2 panels or panelcomponents.
Equity
24
Generation 3Fabric panel61� thru 81� high
description type w h pattern no.grade
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45add for
P2add for
P3
Fabric panel 61� high 12� 61� EP3FA1261(K/N) $679. $701. $734. $747. $769. $782. $796. $816. $25. $50.18� 61� EP3FA1861(K/N) 719. 742. 779. 791. 813. 825. 842. 863. 25. 50.24� 61� EP3FA2461(K/N) 734. 755. 794. 808. 829. 846. 859. 882. 25. 50.30� 61� EP3FA3061(K/N) 812. 838. 877. 890. 919. 932. 950. 971. 25. 50.36� 61� EP3FA3661(K/N) 886. 915. 957. 973. 1,001. 1,021. 1,037. 1,064. 25. 50.42� 61� EP3FA4261(K/N) 966. 995. 1,042. 1,064. 1,092. 1,109. 1,129. 1,159. 25. 50.48� 61� EP3FA4861(K/N) 1,043. 1,075. 1,128. 1,148. 1,179. 1,200. 1,220. 1,255. 25. 50.60� 61� EP3FA6061(K/N) 1,199. 1,233. 1,296. 1,319. 1,355. 1,379. 1,403. 1,439. 25. 50.
64� high 12� 64� EP3FA1264(K/N) 683. 703. 738. 750. 771. 784. 801. 820. 25. 50.18� 64� EP3FA1864(K/N) 727. 747. 783. 800. 820. 837. 849. 869. 25. 50.24� 64� EP3FA2464(K/N) 807. 829. 870. 887. 913. 927. 944. 967. 25. 50.30� 64� EP3FA3064(K/N) 821. 847. 887. 905. 927. 947. 961. 986. 25. 50.36� 64� EP3FA3664(K/N) 879. 905. 949. 966. 990. 1,007. 1,027. 1,054. 25. 50.42� 64� EP3FA4264(K/N) 956. 985. 1,034. 1,053. 1,078. 1,098. 1,118. 1,146. 25. 50.48� 64� EP3FA4864(K/N) 1,039. 1,070. 1,121. 1,144. 1,176. 1,196. 1,216. 1,246. 25. 50.60� 64� EP3FA6064(K/N) 1,061. 1,093. 1,145. 1,165. 1,197. 1,219. 1,240. 1,274. 25. 50.
81� high 12� 81� EP3FA1281(K/N) 729. 748. 784. 801. 821. 838. 850. 874. 25. 50.18� 81� EP3FA1881(K/N) 774. 800. 838. 852. 876. 889. 906. 928. 25. 50.24� 81� EP3FA2481(K/N) 825. 852. 891. 910. 934. 951. 967. 991. 25. 50.30� 81� EP3FA3081(K/N) 927. 956. 1,001. 1,023. 1,049. 1,067. 1,085. 1,112. 25. 50.36� 81� EP3FA3681(K/N) 1,035. 1,065. 1,115. 1,138. 1,171. 1,190. 1,210. 1,240. 25. 50.42� 81� EP3FA4281(K/N) 1,139. 1,174. 1,229. 1,252. 1,285. 1,310. 1,332. 1,365. 25. 50.48� 81� EP3FA4881(K/N) 1,240. 1,278. 1,339. 1,363. 1,402. 1,427. 1,450. 1,487. 25. 50.60� 81� EP3FA6081(K/N) 1,447. 1,489. 1,561. 1,591. 1,635. 1,664. 1,692. 1,737. 25. 50.
Order Code
Example: EP3FA2461K, W351-3,117
EP3FA Fabric panel24 Width61 HeightK KnockoutsW351-3 Foundation, Cornsilk117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify fabric and trim color.
Post assemblies or connectionelements must be orderedseparately.
Note:Power duplexes cannot be installedon 12� W panels. Side mountreceptacles available in 24� Wpanels and wider while using ‘‘E’’series power.
Specify ‘‘K’’ on the end of patternnumber for raceway covers withknockout ‘‘N’’ for raceway coverswithout knockouts.
Electrical components must beordered separately.
Application Notes
Panel is fabric covered. If twodifferent fabrics are used on onepanel, price will reflect cost of themore expensive panel fabric.
Generation 3 panels are notcompatible with Generation 1 orGeneration 2 panels or panelcomponents.
Equity
25
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Generation 3Insert panel
description type w d h pattern number
openframe
OFplexiglas
PG*
add forP2
finishes
add forP3
finishes
Insert panel 29� high 12� 29� EP3( )1229(K/N) $639. $859. $25. $50.18� 29� EP3( )1829(K/N) 652. 921. 25. 50.24� 29� EP3( )2429(K/N) 665. 971. 25. 50.30� 29� EP3( )3029(K/N) 679. 1,028. 25. 50.36� 29� EP3( )3629(K/N) 696. 1,077. 25. 50.42� 29� EP3( )4229(K/N) 714. 1,164. 25. 50.48� 29� EP3( )4829(K/N) 731. 1,186. 25. 50.60� 29� EP3( )6029(K/N) 765. 1,292. 25. 50.
41� high 12� 41� EP3( )1241(K/N) 675. 943. 25. 50.18� 41� EP3( )1841(K/N) 689. 1,000. 25. 50.24� 41� EP3( )2441(K/N) 700. 1,059. 25. 50.30� 41� EP3( )3041(K/N) 715. 1,165. 25. 50.36� 41� EP3( )3641(K/N) 731. 1,312. 25. 50.42� 41� EP3( )4241(K/N) 750. 1,339. 25. 50.48� 41� EP3( )4841(K/N) 767. 1,359. 25. 50.60� 41� EP3( )6041(K/N) 802. 1,497. 25. 50.
49� high 12� 49� EP3( )1249(K/N) 689. 970. 25. 50.18� 49� EP3( )1849(K/N) 703. 1,069. 25. 50.24� 49� EP3( )2449(K/N) 713. 1,145. 25. 50.30� 49� EP3( )3049(K/N) 731. 1,247. 25. 50.36� 49� EP3( )3649(K/N) 744. 1,268. 25. 50.42� 49� EP3( )4249(K/N) 765. 1,396. 25. 50.48� 49� EP3( )4849(K/N) 782. 1,653. 25. 50.60� 49� EP3( )6049(K/N) 814. 1,671. 25. 50.
54� high 12� 54� EP3( )1254(K/N) 727. 1,021. 25. 50.18� 54� EP3( )1854(K/N) 740. 1,120. 25. 50.24� 54� EP3( )2454(K/N) 748. 1,194. 25. 50.30� 54� EP3( )3054(K/N) 767. 1,301. 25. 50.36� 54� EP3( )3654(K/N) 782. 1,387. 25. 50.42� 54� EP3( )4254(K/N) 802. 1,538. 25. 50.48� 54� EP3( )4854(K/N) 820. 1,561. 25. 50.60� 54� EP3( )6054(K/N) 853. 1,733. 25. 50.
61� high 12� 61� EP3( )1261(K/N) 719. 1,036. 25. 50.18� 61� EP3( )1861(K/N) 733. 1,148. 25. 50.24� 61� EP3( )2461(K/N) 743. 1,265. 25. 50.30� 61� EP3( )3061(K/N) 759. 1,393. 25. 50.
* All Colors
Order Code
Example: EP3PG3649K, PC, 613
EP3PG Plexiglas Insert Panel36 Width49 HeightK KnockoutsPC Polycarbonate Clear613 Silver trim
Specification Information
Specify insert type, insert color andtrim color.
Pricing listed above is for P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
Topcaps and base raceway coversare included with panels. Posts andpost connectors must be orderedseparately.
Equity
26
Generation 3Insert panel
description type w d h pattern number
openframe
OFplexiglas
PG*
add forP2
finishes
add forP3
finishes
Insert panel 61� high 36� 61� EP3( )3661(K/N) $774. $1,412. $25. $50.42� 61� EP3( )4261(K/N) 796. 1,540. 25. 50.48� 61� EP3( )4861(K/N) 811. 1,666. 25. 50.60� 61� EP3( )6061(K/N) 845. 1,868. 25. 50.
64� high 12� 64� EP3( )1264(K/N) 731. 1,049. 25. 50.18� 64� EP3( )1864(K/N) 744. 1,162. 25. 50.24� 64� EP3( )2464(K/N) 753. 1,296. 25. 50.30� 64� EP3( )3064(K/N) 770. 1,408. 25. 50.36� 64� EP3( )3664(K/N) 786. 1,427. 25. 50.42� 64� EP3( )4264(K/N) 806. 1,555. 25. 50.48� 64� EP3( )4864(K/N) 821. 1,905. 25. 50.60� 64� EP3( )6064(K/N) 853. 1,940. 25. 50.
81� high 12� 81� EP3( )1281(K/N) 781. 1,196. 25. 50.18� 81� EP3( )1881(K/N) 796. 1,327. 25. 50.24� 81� EP3( )2481(K/N) 805. 1,446. 25. 50.30� 81� EP3( )3081(K/N) 820. 1,674. 25. 50.36� 81� EP3( )3681(K/N) 838. 1,819. 25. 50.42� 81� EP3( )4281(K/N) 853. 2,098. 25. 50.48� 81� EP3( )4881(K/N) 870. 2,117. 25. 50.60� 81� EP3( )6081(K/N) 906. 2,408. 25. 50.
* All Colors
Order Code
Example: EP3PG3649K, PC, 613
EP3PG Plexiglas Insert Panel36 Width49 HeightK KnockoutsPC Polycarbonate Clear613 Silver trim
Specification Information
Specify insert type, insert color andtrim color.
Pricing listed above is for P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
Topcaps and base raceway coversare included with panels. Posts andpost connectors must be orderedseparately.
Equity
27
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Generation 3Wall starter and wall mount channel
description w d h actual height pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Panel wall starter 11/2� 1/2� 29� 23� EP3PWS29 $40. $41. $43.11/2� 1/2� 41� 35� EP3PWS41 40. 41. 43.11/2� 1/2� 49� 43� EP3PWS49 44. 46. 50.11/2� 1/2� 54� 49� EP3PWS54 46. 50. 54.11/2� 1/2� 61� 55� EP3PWS61 46. 50. 54.11/2� 1/2� 64� 60� EP3PWS64 48. 51. 57.11/2� 1/2� 81� 75� EP3PWS81 54. 58. 63.
Wall mount channel 27/8� 3/4� 29� 23� EP3WMC29 103. 106. 112.27/8� 3/4� 41� 35� EP3WMC41 103. 106. 112.27/8� 3/4� 49� 43� EP3WMC49 105. 110. 117.27/8� 3/4� 54� 49� EP3WMC54 106. 112. 118.27/8� 3/4� 61� 55� EP3WMC61 119. 124. 133.27/8� 3/4� 64� 60� EP3WMC64 122. 132. 136.27/8� 3/4� 81� 75� EP3WMC81 149. 154. 163.27/8� 3/4� 120� 120� EP3WMC120 228. 240. 253.
Order Code
Example: EP3PWS61, 117
EP3PWS Panel wall starter61 60� Height117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color
Note: Knoll, Inc. assumes noresponsibility for wallconstruction of performance offasteners used.
Application Notes
Wall starter:Used to start a run of panels byfastening to an existing wall andattaching a connector assembly to it.Creates 11/4� space from face to wallto centerline of post. Constructed ofsteel.
The wall starter includes panel topand bottom hook and modified postconnector. Fasteners not included toattach to wall.
Post and shrouds must be orderedseparately.
Wall mount channel:Allows hanging of all componentsand accessories on reinforcedbuilding walls.
Painted extruded aluminum with aplastic inset which snaps in place,covering mounting screws.
Equity
28
Generation 3Single-height post assembliesstraight, 2 way ‘‘L’’, 2 way ‘‘120’’ and 3 way ‘‘T’’
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Straight – – 29� EP3P29S $136. $143. $150.- – 41� EP3P41S 138. 144. 151.- – 49� EP3P49S 139. 146. 152.- – 54� EP3P54S 141. 149. 154.- – 61� EP3P61S 143. 150. 156.- – 64� EP3P64S 144. 151. 158.- – 81� EP3P81S 148. 153. 162.
2 way ‘‘L’’ – – 29� EP3P29L 132. 136. 143.- – 41� EP3P41L 133. 138. 144.- – 49� EP3P49L 134. 140. 148.- – 54� EP3P54L 136. 143. 150.- – 61� EP3P61L 138. 144. 151.- – 64� EP3P64L 139. 146. 152.- – 81� EP3P81L 143. 150. 156.
Order Code
Example: EP3P64S, 117
EP3P Generation 3 post64 HeightS Straight assembly117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color
Pricing listed above is for P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
Application Notes
Used to connect panels of the sameheight.
Assembly includes single heightpost, post connector, post connectorplug and base raceway shroudappropriate for the configurationspecified.
Generation 3 panels are notcompatible with Generation 1 orGeneration 2 panels or panelcomponents.
Equity
29
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Generation 3Single-height post assembliesstraight, 2 way ‘‘L’’, 2 way ‘‘120’’ and 3 way ‘‘T’’
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
2-way ‘‘120’’ – – 29� EP3P29120 $136. $143. $150.- – 41� EP3P41120 138. 144. 151.- – 49� EP3P49120 139. 146. 152.- – 54� EP3P54120 141. 149. 154.- – 61� EP3P61120 143. 150. 156.- – 64� EP3P64120 144. 151. 158.- – 81� EP3P81120 148. 153. 162.
3-way ‘‘T’’ – – 29� EP3P29T 132. 136. 143.- – 41� EP3P41T 133. 138. 144.- – 49� EP3P49T 134. 140. 148.- – 54� EP3P54T 136. 143. 150.- – 61� EP3P61T 138. 144. 151.- – 64� EP3P64T 139. 146. 152.- – 81� EP3P81T 143. 150. 156.
Order Code
Example: EP3P64S, 117
EP3P Generation 3 post64 HeightS Straight assembly117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color
Pricing listed above is for P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
Application Notes
Used to connect panels of the sameheight.
Assembly includes single heightpost, post connector, post connectorplug and base raceway shroudappropriate for the configurationspecified.
Generation 3 panels are notcompatible with Generation 1 orGeneration 2 panels or panelcomponents.
Equity
30
Generation 3Single-height post assemblies3 way ‘‘120’’, 4 way ‘‘X’’, end with post and postless end kit
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
3-Way ‘‘120’’ – – 29� EP3P29Y $164. $174. $184.- – 41� EP3P41Y 168. 175. 185.- – 49� EP3P49Y 170. 176. 186.- – 54� EP3P54Y 171. 177. 188.- – 61� EP3P61Y 172. 181. 189.- – 64� EP3P64Y 174. 184. 191.- – 81� EP3P81Y 176. 186. 186.
4-way ‘‘X’’ – – 29� EP3P29X 114. 120. 125.- – 41� EP3P41X 117. 121. 129.- – 49� EP3P49X 118. 122. 132.- – 54� EP3P54X 119. 124. 133.- – 61� EP3P61X 120. 125. 134.- – 64� EP3P64X 121. 129. 135.- – 81� EP3P81X 124. 133. 138.
Order Code
Example: EP3P64X, 117
EP3P Generation 3 post64 HeightX 4-way ‘‘X’’ assembly117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color
Pricing listed above is for P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
Application Notes
Used to connect panels of the sameheight.
Assembly includes single heightpost, post connector, post connectorplug and base raceway shroudappropriate for the configurationspecified.
Postless end kit should not be usedon panels that are placesperpendicular to a worksurface ofthe same depth as the front of theworksurface will extend beyond thepanel end.
Generation 3 panels are notcompatible with Generation 1 orGeneration 2 panels or panelcomponents.
Equity
31
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Generation 3Single-height post assemblies3 way ‘‘120’’, 4 way ‘‘X’’, end with post and postless end kit
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
End with post – – 29� EP3P29E $144. $151. $158.- – 41� EP3P41E 146. 152. 160.- – 49� EP3P49E 148. 153. 162.- – 54� EP3P54E 149. 154. 163.- – 61� EP3P61E 150. 156. 164.- – 64� EP3P64E 151. 158. 158.- – 81� EP3P81E 153. 162. 162.
Postless End Kit – – 29� EP3ETK29 144. 151. 158.- – 41� EP3ETK41 146. 152. 160.- – 49� EP3ETK49 148. 153. 162.- – 54� EP3ETK54 149. 154. 163.- – 61� EP3ETK61 150. 156. 156.- – 64� EP3ETK64 151. 158. 158.- – 81� EP3ETK81 153. 162. 162.
Order Code
Example: EP3P64X, 117
EP3P Generation 3 post64 HeightX 4-way ‘‘X’’ assembly117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color
Pricing listed above is for P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
Application Notes
Used to connect panels of the sameheight.
Assembly includes single heightpost, post connector, post connectorplug and base raceway shroudappropriate for the configurationspecified.
Postless end kit should not be usedon panels that are placesperpendicular to a worksurface ofthe same depth as the front of theworksurface will extend beyond thepanel end.
Generation 3 panels are notcompatible with Generation 1 orGeneration 2 panels or panelcomponents.
Equity
32
Generation 3Dual height posts
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Dual height post – – 29�/41� EP3DP2941 $141. $149. $154.- – 29�/49� EP3DP2949 150. 156. 164.- – 41�/49� EP3DP4149 150. 156. 164.- – 29�/54� EP3DP2954 153. 162. 177.- – 41�/54� EP3DP4154 153. 162. 177.- – 49�/54� EP3DP4954 153. 162. 177.- – 41�/61� EP3DP4161 156. 164. 174.- – 29�/61� EP3DP2961 156. 164. 174.- – 54�/61� EP3DP5461 156. 164. 174.- – 49�/61� EP3DP4961 156. 164. 174.– – 41�/64� EP3DP4164 162. 172. 181.– – 54�/64� EP3DP5464 162. 172. 181.– – 61�/64� EP3DP6164 162. 172. 181.– – 29�/64� EP3DP2964 162. 172. 181.– – 49�/64� EP3DP4964 162. 172. 181.– – 61�/81� EP3DP6181 177. 188. 197.– – 64�/81� EP3DP6481 177. 188. 197.– – 29�/81� EP3DP2981 177. 188. 197.– – 41�/81� EP3DP4181 177. 188. 197.– – 49�/81� EP3DP4981 177. 188. 197.– – 54�/81� EP3DP5481 177. 188. 197.
Order Code
Example: EP3DP4964, 117
EP3DP Dual height post4964 49/64 Height117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color
Application Notes
Dual height posts are used wherepanels of two different heightsintersect.
Bottom leveler on post allows for upto 11/2� of vertical adjustment.
Due to the variety of combinationspossible, post connectors andshrouds must be ordered separately.
Generation 3 panels are notcompatible with Generation 1 orGeneration 2 panels or panelcomponents.
Equity
33
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Generation 3Triple height posts
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Triple height post – – 29�/41�/49� EP3TP294149 $177. $188. $197.- – 29�/41�/61� EP3TP294161 177. 188. 197.- – 29�/49�/61� EP3TP294961 177. 188. 197.- – 29�/41�/54� EP3TP294154 177. 188. 197.- – 41�/49�/61� EP3TP414961 177. 188. 197.- – 29�/49�/54� EP3TP294954 177. 188. 197.- – 29�/54�/61� EP3TP295461 177. 188. 197.- – 41�/49�/54� EP3TP414954 177. 188. 197.- – 49�/54�/61� EP3TP495461 177. 188. 197.- – 41�/54�/61� EP3TP415461 177. 188. 197.– – 41�/54�/64� EP3TP415464 191. 202. 213.– – 49�/61�/64� EP3TP496164 191. 202. 213.– – 49�/54�/64� EP3TP495464 191. 202. 213.– – 54�/61�/64� EP3TP546164 191. 202. 213.– – 41�/49�/64� EP3TP414964 191. 202. 213.– – 29�/54�/64� EP3TP295464 191. 202. 213.– – 29�/61�/64� EP3TP296164 191. 202. 213.– – 29�/49�/64� EP3TP294964 191. 202. 213.– – 41�/61�/64� EP3TP416164 191. 202. 213.– – 29�/41�/64� EP3TP294164 191. 202. 213.– – 29�/41�/81� EP3TP294181 211. 219. 229.– – 41�/61�/81� EP3TP416181 211. 219. 229.– – 49�/64�/81� EP3TP496481 211. 219. 229.– – 29�/49�/81� EP3TP294981 211. 219. 229.– – 29�/61�/81� EP3TP296181 211. 219. 229.– – 29�/64�/81� EP3TP296481 211. 219. 229.– – 41�/49�/81� EP3TP414981 211. 219. 229.– – 41�/64�/81� EP3TP416481 211. 219. 229.– – 54�/61�/81� EP3TP546181 211. 219. 229.– – 54�/64�/81� EP3TP546481 211. 219. 229.– – 49�/61�/81� EP3TP496181 211. 219. 229.– – 61�/64�/81� EP3TP616481 211. 219. 229.– – 29�/54�/81� EP3TP295481 211. 219. 229.– – 41�/54�/81� EP3TP415481 211. 219. 229.– – 49�/54�/81� EP3TP495481 211. 219. 229.
Order Code
Example: EP3TP496481, 113
EP3TP Triple height post496481 49/64/81 Heights113 Dark Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color
Application Notes
Triple height posts are used where 3or 4 panels of three different heightsintersect.
Bottom leveler on post allows for upto 11/2� of vertical adjustment.
Due to the variety of combinationspossible, post connectors andshrouds must be ordered separately.
Generation 3 panels are notcompatible with Generation 1 orGeneration 2 panels or panelcomponents.
Equity
34
Generation 3Single height post
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Single height post – – 29� EP3P29 $66. $68. $71.- – 41� EP3P41 67. 70. 72.- – 49� EP3P49 68. 71. 73.- – 54� EP3P54 70. 72. 77.- – 61� EP3P61 71. 73. 79.- – 64� EP3P64 72. 76. 80.- – 81� EP3P81 76. 80. 83.
Order Code
Example: EP3P49, 117
EP3P Post49 Height117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color
Post connectors and shrouds mustbe ordered separately.
Application Notes
Bottom leveler on post allows for upto 11/2� of vertical adjustment.
Generation 3 panels are notcompatible with Generation 1 orGeneration 2 panels or panelcomponents.
Equity
35
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Generation 3post connectors, and shrouds
description type pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Post connectors 2-way 120 EP3PC120 $30. $32. $33.2-way, ‘‘L’’ EP3PCL 36. 37. 38.2-way, ‘‘L’’ (for post covers) EP3PCLK 36. 37. 38.3-way ‘‘Y’’ 120 EP3PCY 43. 45. 48.3-way, ‘‘T’’ EP3PCT 43. 45. 48.4-way, ‘‘X’’ EP3PCX 48. 51. 57.end with post EP3PCEP 33. 35. 36.end with post (for post covers) EP3PCEPK 33. 35. 36.multi-height filler EP3PCMF 24. 26. 27.straight connector EP3PCS 28. 30. 32.
Shrouds shroud, end w/post EP3SEP 45. 48. 51.shroud, inside 120 EP3SI120 16. 21. 22.shroud, outside ‘‘L’’ EP3SL 33. 35. 36.shroud, outside 120 EP3SO120 26. 27. 28.shroud, straight EP3SS 24. 26. 27.
Order Code
Example: EP3PCL, 613
EP3 Generation 3PC Post connectorL 2-way ‘‘L’’613 Silver trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color.
Specify one multi-height postconnector (EP3PCMF) for each lowpanel in a multi-height connection.
Generation 3 panels are notcompatible with Generation 1 orGeneration 2 panels or panelcomponents.
Equity
36
PlexiglasAdd-on Screens
description type w h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Add-on screens plexiglass 12� 15� EP3AOPG1215 $552. $573. $590.18� 15� EP3AOPG1815 627. 648. 665.24� 15� EP3AOPG2415 650. 672. 688.30� 15� EP3AOPG3015 687. 708. 721.36� 15� EP3AOPG3615 732. 752. 769.42� 15� EP3AOPG4215 812. 835. 848.48� 15� EP3AOPG4815 886. 909. 923.60� 15� EP3AOPG6015 906. 927. 943.
Order Code
Example: EP3AOPY4815, PC, 117
EP3 Equity panelAO Add-onPY Polycarbonate insert4815 Width/HeightPC Clear Polycarbonate117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify insert color, if applicableand trim color.
Add-on screens work withGeneration one, two or three panels.
Application Notes
Add-on screens mount on theslotted standard with (2) die caststanchion brackets that areincluded.
All attachment hardware isincluded.
Two add-on screens may not bemounted next to each other on theinside corner of a 90° connection.
Equity
37
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Stack-On PanelsApplication Notes
ComponentsEquity stack-on panels provide theflexibility to increase the overall ofheight of any standard Equity panel.
The stack-on panel is available in allstandard Equity widths and a varietyof heights in both slotted and slotlessversions.
Stack-on panels with slots providethe capability to hang standardEquity components such as shelvesand overheads as long as the weightload does not exceed 3lbs. Per linealinc.
Stack-on panels without slots do notallow for hanging components, but doprovide a cleaner aesthetic whenspecifying window applications.
Up to two (2) stack-on panels may bestacked on top of a standard Equitypanel as long as the total heightabove the base panels is no tallerthan 40� and neither individualstack-on panel is taller than 20�.
Stack-on panel width must match thewidth of the panel it is stacking on.
Stack-on panel connectors must beused between adjacent stack-onpanels.
Stack-on Post ConnectorsThere are two types of stack-on postconnectors; Standard - for usewithout post covers and extended -for use with post covers. Both providea stable connection to the lowerpanel through the use of a doublethreaded screw. This screw isattached to the base post which thenallows the stack-on post to screw tothe top of the base post.
Standard Extended
Stacking on to EP1/EP2 PanelsSpecifying stack-on panels andconnections is very similar tospecifying a standard run of panels.
Specify the appropriate stack-onpanel based on the height requiredand the width of the panel it will bestacked on.
Order a stack-on post to joinadjacent stack-on panels as well asone for either end of the run. If youare connecting a stack-on panel to anexisting hi/lo connection there is noneed to order an additional stack-onpost. Simply tie into the existing hi/lopost with the appropriate postconnection hardware.
The final step is to specify theappropriate post connectors (straight,corner, etc.) as dictated by theconfiguration on top of the stack-onpanel.
Note: Please make sure postconnectors are ordered based onthe configuration of the stack-onpanels not the base panels as theymay be different at the end of therun.
Stacking On To EP3 PanelsStacking on top of an EP3 panel isquite different from that of an EP1 orEP2 panel as the topcap and postconnector profiles are different.
Note: Some stack-onconfigurations may not bepossible when used in conjunctionwith EP3 panels and connectors.Verify that all componentscorrespond with the appropriategeneration topcap and/or postconnector/
Follow the instructions listedpreviously for stacking on to anEP1/EP2 until you get to the finalstep.
When ordering post connectors forstack-on panels it is important toremember that stack-on panels willonly stack on top of EP1 postconnectors to follow theconfiguration of the base panels anduse EP3 connectors for theconfiguration of the stack-on panels.
Note: It is easiest to order EP3panels and post assemblies for thebase panels before ordering thestack-on panels as the postconnectors and top caps cansimply be transferred to the top ofthe stack-on panels in mostconfigurations.
Equity
38
Stack-On Insert Panelwith slots
description w d h pattern no.
plexiglas(ALL COLORS)
PG
add forP2
finishes
add forP3
finishes
12� high 12 – 12 EP2S( )1212 $664. $15. $25.18 – 12 EP2S( )1812 672. 15. 25.24 – 12 EP2S( )2412 708. 15. 25.30 – 12 EP2S( )3012 751. 15. 25.36 – 12 EP2S( )3612 780. 15. 25.42 – 12 EP2S( )4212 806. 15. 25.48 – 12 EP2S( )4812 824. 15. 25.60 – 12 EP2S( )6012 842. 15. 25.
13� high 12 – 13 EP2S( )1213 708. 15. 25.18 – 13 EP2S( )1813 751. 15. 25.24 – 13 EP2S( )2413 781. 15. 25.30 – 13 EP2S( )3013 791. 15. 25.36 – 13 EP2S( )3613 814. 15. 25.42 – 13 EP2S( )4213 832. 15. 25.48 – 13 EP2S( )4813 869. 15. 25.60 – 13 EP2S( )6013 887. 15. 25.
15� high 12 – 15 EP2S( )1215 708. 15. 25.18 – 15 EP2S( )1815 751. 15. 25.24 – 15 EP2S( )2415 781. 15. 25.30 – 15 EP2S( )3015 791. 15. 25.36 – 15 EP2S( )3615 814. 15. 25.42 – 15 EP2S( )4215 832. 15. 25.48 – 15 EP2S( )4815 869. 15. 25.60 – 15 EP2S( )6015 887. 15. 25.
17� high 12 – 17 EP2S( )1217 751. 15. 25.18 – 17 EP2S( )1817 764. 15. 25.24 – 17 EP2S( )2417 786. 15. 25.30 – 17 EP2S( )3017 808. 15. 25.36 – 17 EP2S( )3617 821. 15. 25.42 – 17 EP2S( )4217 839. 15. 25.48 – 17 EP2S( )4817 874. 15. 25.60 – 17 EP2S( )6017 905. 15. 25.
Order Code
Example: EP2SG3615, 613
EP2S Stack-on panelPG Plexiglas36 Width15 Height613 Silver trim
Specification Information
Specify insert type, insert color andtrim color.
Pricing listed above is for P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
NOTE: P2 trim colors should onlybe specified when using stack-onpanels on top of EP3 panels.
Application Notes
Stack-on panels will work on allgeneration Equity panels byfollowing the instructions listed atthe beginning of this section.
Stack-on posts and connectors mustbe ordered separately.
Equity
39
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Stack-On Insert Panelwith slots
description w d h pattern no.
plexiglas(ALL COLORS)
PG
add forP2
finishes
add forP3
finishes
20� high 12 – 20 EP2S( )1220 $751. $15. $25.18 – 20 EP2S( )1820 780. 15. 25.24 – 20 EP2S( )2420 814. 15. 25.30 – 20 EP2S( )3020 837. 15. 25.36 – 20 EP2S( )3620 849. 15. 25.42 – 20 EP2S( )4220 877. 15. 25.48 – 20 EP2S( )4820 926. 15. 25.60 – 20 EP2S( )6020 962. 15. 25.
Order Code
Example: EP2SG3615, 613
EP2S Stack-on panelPG Plexiglas36 Width15 Height613 Silver trim
Specification Information
Specify insert type, insert color andtrim color.
Pricing listed above is for P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
NOTE: P2 trim colors should onlybe specified when using stack-onpanels on top of EP3 panels.
Application Notes
Stack-on panels will work on allgeneration Equity panels byfollowing the instructions listed atthe beginning of this section.
Stack-on posts and connectors mustbe ordered separately.
Equity
40
Stack-On Insert Panelwithout slots
description w d h pattern no.
plexiglas(ALL COLORS)
PG
add forP2
finishes
add forP3
finishes
12� high 12 – 12 EP2S( )1212N $664. $15. $25.18 – 12 EP2S( )1812N 672. 15. 25.24 – 12 EP2S( )2412N 708. 15. 25.30 – 12 EP2S( )3012N 751. 15. 25.36 – 12 EP2S( )3612N 780. 15. 25.42 – 12 EP2S( )4212N 806. 15. 25.48 – 12 EP2S( )4812N 824. 15. 25.60 – 12 EP2S( )6012N 842. 15. 25.
13� high 12 – 13 EP2S( )1213N 708. 15. 25.18 – 13 EP2S( )1813N 751. 15. 25.24 – 13 EP2S( )2413N 781. 15. 25.30 – 13 EP2S( )3013N 791. 15. 25.36 – 13 EP2S( )3613N 814. 15. 25.42 – 13 EP2S( )4213N 832. 15. 25.48 – 13 EP2S( )4813N 869. 15. 25.60 – 13 EP2S( )6013N 887. 15. 25.
15� high 12 – 15 EP2S( )1215N 708. 15. 25.18 – 15 EP2S( )1815N 751. 15. 25.24 – 15 EP2S( )2415N 781. 15. 25.30 – 15 EP2S( )3015N 791. 15. 25.36 – 15 EP2S( )3615N 814. 15. 25.42 – 15 EP2S( )4215N 832. 15. 25.48 – 15 EP2S( )4815N 869. 15. 25.60 – 15 EP2S( )6015N 887. 15. 25.
17� high 12 – 17 EP2S( )1217N 751. 15. 25.18 – 17 EP2S( )1817N 764. 15. 25.24 – 17 EP2S( )2417N 786. 15. 25.30 – 17 EP2S( )3017N 808. 15. 25.36 – 17 EP2S( )3617N 821. 15. 25.42 – 17 EP2S( )4217N 839. 15. 25.48 – 17 EP2S( )4817N 874. 15. 25.60 – 17 EP2S( )6017N 905. 15. 25.
Order Code
Example: EP2SPG3615N, 613
EP2S Stack-on panelPG Plexiglas36 Width15 HeightN No Slots613 Silver trim
Specification Information
Specify inserty type, insert colorand trim color.
Pricing listed above is for P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
NOTE: P2 trim colors should onlybe specified when using stack-onpanels on top of EP3 panels.
Application Notes
Stack-on panels will work on allgeneration Equity panels byfollowing the instructions listed atthe beginning of this section.
Stack-on panels without slots do notallow for hanging components.
Stack-on posts and connectors mustbe ordered separately.
Equity
41
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Stack-On Insert Panelwithout slots
description w d h pattern no.
plexiglas(ALL COLORS)
PG
add forP2
finishes
add forP3
finishes
20� high 12 – 20 EP2S( )1220N $751. $15. $25.18 – 20 EP2S( )1820N 780. 15. 25.24 – 20 EP2S( )2420N 814. 15. 25.30 – 20 EP2S( )3020N 837. 15. 25.36 – 20 EP2S( )3620N 849. 15. 25.42 – 20 EP2S( )4220N 877. 15. 25.48 – 20 EP2S( )4820N 926. 15. 25.60 – 20 EP2S( )6020N 962. 15. 25.
25� high 12� – 25� EP2S( )1225N 805. 15. 25.18� – 25� EP2S( )1825N 837. 15. 25.24� – 25� EP2S( )2425N 874. 15. 25.30� – 25� EP2S( )3025N 890. 15. 25.36� – 25� EP2S( )3625N 915. 15. 25.42� – 25� EP2S( )4225N 937. 15. 25.48� – 25� EP2S( )4825N 991. 15. 25.60� – 25� EP2S( )6025N 1,034. 15. 25.
32� high 12� – 32� EP2S( )1232N 841. 15. 25.18� – 32� EP2S( )1832N 874. 15. 25.24� – 32� EP2S( )2432N 917. 15. 25.30� – 32� EP2S( )3032N 932. 15. 25.36� – 32� EP2S( )3632N 955. 15. 25.42� – 32� EP2S( )4232N 984. 15. 25.48� – 32� EP2S( )4832N 1,038. 15. 25.60� – 32� EP2S( )6032N 1,078. 15. 25.
37� high 12� – 37� EP2S( )1237N 880. 15. 25.18� – 37� EP2S( )1837N 915. 15. 25.24� – 37� EP2S( )2437N 955. 15. 25.30� – 37� EP2S( )3037N 981. 15. 25.36� – 37� EP2S( )3637N 996. 15. 25.42� – 37� EP2S( )4237N 1,027. 15. 25.48� – 37� EP2S( )4837N 1,084. 15. 25.60� – 37� EP2S( )6037N 1,126. 15. 25.
Order Code
Example: EP2SPG3615N, 613
EP2S Stack-on panelPG Plexiglas36 Width15 HeightN No Slots613 Silver trim
Specification Information
Specify inserty type, insert colorand trim color.
Pricing listed above is for P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
NOTE: P2 trim colors should onlybe specified when using stack-onpanels on top of EP3 panels.
Application Notes
Stack-on panels will work on allgeneration Equity panels byfollowing the instructions listed atthe beginning of this section.
Stack-on panels without slots do notallow for hanging components.
Stack-on posts and connectors mustbe ordered separately.
Equity
42
Stack-On Fabric Panelwith slots
description w d h pattern no. grade 10 20 25 30 35 40 45
add forP2
finishes
add forP3
finishes
12� high 12� – 12� EP1SF1212 $484. $523. $530. $548. $556. $566. $582. $15. $25.18� – 12� EP1SF1812 495. 534. 546. 562. 568. 581. 594. 15. 25.24� – 12� EP1SF2412 504. 544. 553. 567. 578. 590. 603. 15. 25.30� – 12� EP1SF3012 512. 555. 565. 581. 591. 600. 616. 15. 25.36� – 12� EP1SF3612 539. 581. 591. 606. 617. 629. 644. 15. 25.42� – 12� EP1SF4212 546. 591. 600. 616. 629. 636. 653. 15. 25.48� – 12� EP1SF4812 562. 604. 616. 632. 644. 658. 672. 15. 25.60� – 12� EP1SF6012 595. 643. 653. 674. 687. 699. 714. 15. 25.
13� high 12� – 13� EP1SF1213 496. 539. 548. 563. 572. 582. 595. 15. 25.18� – 13� EP1SF1813 516. 558. 567. 584. 594. 604. 618. 15. 25.24� – 13� EP1SF2413 531. 577. 588. 603. 613. 626. 639. 15. 25.30� – 13� EP1SF3013 549. 593. 603. 618. 631. 640. 660. 15. 25.36� – 13� EP1SF3613 566. 612. 624. 639. 651. 664. 679. 15. 25.42� – 13� EP1SF4213 586. 632. 644. 664. 674. 685. 702. 15. 25.48� – 13� EP1SF4813 604. 652. 666. 683. 697. 708. 727. 15. 25.60� – 13� EP1SF6013 613. 664. 675. 694. 704. 716. 735. 15. 25.
15� high 12� – 15� EP1SF1215 496. 539. 548. 563. 572. 582. 595. 15. 25.18� – 15� EP1SF1815 516. 558. 567. 584. 594. 604. 618. 15. 25.24� – 15� EP1SF2415 531. 577. 588. 603. 613. 626. 639. 15. 25.30� – 15� EP1SF3015 549. 593. 603. 618. 631. 640. 660. 15. 25.36� – 15� EP1SF3615 566. 612. 624. 639. 651. 664. 679. 15. 25.42� – 15� EP1SF4215 586. 632. 644. 664. 674. 685. 702. 15. 25.48� – 15� EP1SF4815 604. 652. 666. 683. 697. 708. 727. 15. 25.60� – 15� EP1SF6015 613. 664. 675. 694. 704. 716. 735. 15. 25.
17� high 12� – 17� EP1SF1217 510. 552. 563. 577. 588. 596. 612. 15. 25.18� – 17� EP1SF1817 524. 565. 577. 592. 602. 612. 629. 15. 25.24� – 17� EP1SF2417 549. 593. 603. 618. 631. 640. 660. 15. 25.30� – 17� EP1SF3017 568. 615. 627. 643. 653. 667. 683. 15. 25.36� – 17� EP1SF3617 586. 632. 644. 664. 674. 685. 702. 15. 25.42� – 17� EP1SF4217 604. 652. 666. 683. 697. 708. 727. 15. 25.48� – 17� EP1SF4817 624. 672. 685. 703. 714. 730. 745. 15. 25.60� – 17� EP1SF6017 636. 690. 702. 720. 734. 747. 767. 15. 25.
Order Code
Example: EP1SF3615, W565-3,613
EP1SF Fabric stack-on panel36 Width15 HeightW565-3 Flow-Celery Fabric613 Silver trim
Specification Information
Specify fabric and trim color.
Pricing listed above is P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
Note: P2 trim colors should onlybe specified when using stack-onpanels on top of EP3 panels.
Application Notes
Stack-on panels will work on allgeneration Equity panels byfollowing the instructions listed atthe beginning of this section.
Stack-on posts and connectors mustbe ordered separately.
Equity
43
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Stack-On Fabric Panelwith slots
description w d h pattern no. grade 10 20 25 30 35 40 45
add forP2
finishes
add forP3
finishes
20� high 12� – 20� EP1SF1220 $516. $558. $567. $584. $594. $604. $618. $15. $25.18� – 20� EP1SF1820 528. 572. 583. 597. 609. 618. 634. 15. 25.24� – 20� EP1SF2420 539. 581. 591. 606. 617. 629. 644. 15. 25.30� – 20� EP1SF3020 581. 626. 635. 653. 667. 678. 697. 15. 25.36� – 20� EP1SF3620 591. 635. 648. 667. 678. 690. 708. 15. 25.42� – 20� EP1SF4220 610. 661. 671. 690. 702. 713. 733. 15. 25.48� – 20� EP1SF4820 648. 701. 713. 733. 745. 759. 780. 15. 25.60� – 20� EP1SF6020 669. 720. 734. 753. 769. 782. 804. 15. 25.
Order Code
Example: EP1SF3615, W565-3,613
EP1SF Fabric stack-on panel36 Width15 HeightW565-3 Flow-Celery Fabric613 Silver trim
Specification Information
Specify fabric and trim color.
Pricing listed above is P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
Note: P2 trim colors should onlybe specified when using stack-onpanels on top of EP3 panels.
Application Notes
Stack-on panels will work on allgeneration Equity panels byfollowing the instructions listed atthe beginning of this section.
Stack-on posts and connectors mustbe ordered separately.
Equity
44
Stack-On Fabric Panelwithout slots
description w d h pattern no. 10 20 25 30 35 40 45
add forP2
finishes
add forP3
finishes
12� high 12� – 12� EP1SF1212N $484. $523. $530. $548. $556. $566. $582. $15. $25.18� – 12� EP1SF1812N 495. 534. 546. 562. 568. 581. 594. 15. 25.24� – 12� EP1SF2412N 504. 544. 553. 567. 578. 590. 603. 15. 25.30� – 12� EP1SF3012N 512. 555. 565. 581. 591. 600. 616. 15. 25.36� – 12� EP1SF3612N 539. 581. 591. 606. 617. 629. 644. 15. 25.42� – 12� EP1SF4212N 546. 591. 600. 616. 629. 636. 653. 15. 25.48� – 12� EP1SF4812N 562. 604. 616. 632. 644. 658. 672. 15. 25.60� – 12� EP1SF6012N 595. 643. 653. 674. 687. 699. 714. 15. 25.
13� high 12� – 13� EP1SF1213N 496. 539. 548. 563. 572. 582. 595. 15. 25.18� – 13� EP1SF1813N 516. 558. 567. 584. 594. 604. 618. 15. 25.24� – 13� EP1SF2413N 531. 577. 588. 603. 613. 626. 639. 15. 25.30� – 13� EP1SF3013N 549. 593. 603. 618. 631. 640. 660. 15. 25.36� – 13� EP1SF3613N 566. 612. 624. 639. 651. 664. 679. 15. 25.42� – 13� EP1SF4213N 586. 632. 644. 664. 674. 685. 702. 15. 25.48� – 13� EP1SF4813N 604. 652. 666. 683. 697. 708. 727. 15. 25.60� – 13� EP1SF6013N 613. 664. 675. 694. 704. 716. 735. 15. 25.
15� high 12� – 15� EP1SF1215N 496. 539. 548. 563. 572. 582. 595. 15. 25.18� – 15� EP1SF1815N 516. 558. 567. 584. 594. 604. 618. 15. 25.24� – 15� EP1SF2415N 531. 577. 588. 603. 613. 626. 639. 15. 25.30� – 15� EP1SF3015N 549. 593. 603. 618. 631. 640. 660. 15. 25.36� – 15� EP1SF3615N 566. 612. 624. 639. 651. 664. 679. 15. 25.42� – 15� EP1SF4215N 586. 632. 644. 664. 674. 685. 702. 15. 25.48� – 15� EP1SF4815N 604. 652. 666. 683. 697. 708. 727. 15. 25.60� – 15� EP1SF6015N 613. 664. 675. 694. 704. 716. 735. 15. 25.
17� high 12� – 17� EP1SF1217N 510. 552. 563. 577. 588. 596. 612. 15. 25.18� – 17� EP1SF1817N 524. 565. 577. 592. 602. 612. 629. 15. 25.24� – 17� EP1SF2417N 549. 593. 603. 618. 631. 640. 660. 15. 25.30� – 17� EP1SF3017N 568. 615. 627. 643. 653. 667. 683. 15. 25.36� – 17� EP1SF3617N 586. 632. 644. 664. 674. 685. 702. 15. 25.42� – 17� EP1SF4217N 604. 652. 666. 683. 697. 708. 727. 15. 25.48� – 17� EP1SF4817N 624. 672. 685. 703. 714. 730. 745. 15. 25.60� – 17� EP1SF6017N 636. 690. 702. 720. 734. 747. 767. 15. 25.
Order Code
Example: EP1SF3615N, W565-3,613
EP1SF Fabric stack-on panel36 Width15 HeightN No slotsW565-3 Flow-Celery Fabric613 Silver trim
Specification Information
Specify fabric and trim color.
Pricing listed above is P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
Note: P2 trim colors should onlybe specified when using stack-onpanels on top of EP3 panels.
Stack-on panels will work on allgeneration Equity panels byfollowing the instructions listed atthe beginning of this section.
Stack-on panels without slots do notallow for hanging components.
Stack-on posts and connectors mustbe ordered separately.
Equity
45
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Stack-On Fabric Panelwithout slots
description w d h pattern no. 10 20 25 30 35 40 45
add forP2
finishes
add forP3
finishes
20� high 12� – 20� EP1SF1220N $516. $558. $567. $584. $594. $604. $618. $15. $25.18� – 20� EP1SF1820N 528. 572. 583. 597. 609. 618. 634. 15. 25.24� – 20� EP1SF2420N 539. 581. 591. 606. 617. 629. 644. 15. 25.30� – 20� EP1SF3020N 581. 626. 635. 653. 667. 678. 697. 15. 25.36� – 20� EP1SF3620N 591. 635. 648. 667. 678. 690. 708. 15. 25.42� – 20� EP1SF4220N 610. 661. 671. 690. 702. 713. 733. 15. 25.48� – 20� EP1SF4820N 648. 701. 713. 733. 745. 759. 780. 15. 25.60� – 20� EP1SF6020N 669. 720. 734. 753. 769. 782. 804. 15. 25.
25� high 12� – 25� EP1SF1225N 553. 596. 609. 626. 634. 647. 665. 15. 25.18� – 25� EP1SF1825N 566. 612. 624. 639. 651. 664. 679. 15. 25.24� – 25� EP1SF2425N 573. 618. 631. 648. 661. 671. 689. 15. 25.30� – 25� EP1SF3025N 618. 670. 680. 701. 712. 724. 743. 15. 25.36� – 25� EP1SF3625N 633. 685. 699. 715. 731. 742. 761. 15. 25.42� – 25� EP1SF4225N 653. 708. 719. 740. 752. 766. 785. 15. 25.48� – 25� EP1SF4825N 696. 750. 765. 784. 801. 813. 835. 15. 25.60� – 25� EP1SF6025N 715. 774. 787. 811. 823. 840. 859. 15. 25.
32� high 12� – 32� EP1SF1232N 582. 629. 636. 658. 669. 679. 699. 15. 25.18� – 32� EP1SF1832N 593. 639. 651. 670. 680. 694. 711. 15. 25.24� – 32� EP1SF2432N 603. 651. 665. 680. 694. 706. 724. 15. 25.30� – 32� EP1SF3032N 648. 701. 713. 733. 745. 759. 780. 15. 25.36� – 32� EP1SF3632N 664. 714. 730. 747. 761. 774. 796. 15. 25.42� – 32� EP1SF4232N 685. 739. 751. 772. 786. 802. 821. 15. 25.48� – 32� EP1SF4832N 729. 784. 801. 821. 838. 850. 874. 15. 25.60� – 32� EP1SF6032N 750. 812. 824. 848. 862. 880. 901. 15. 25.
37� high 12� – 37� EP1SF1237N 606. 653. 667. 685. 699. 710. 729. 15. 25.18� – 37� EP1SF1837N 618. 670. 680. 701. 712. 724. 743. 15. 25.24� – 37� EP1SF2437N 629. 678. 693. 710. 721. 734. 752. 15. 25.30� – 37� EP1SF3037N 676. 732. 744. 766. 780. 791. 813. 15. 25.36� – 37� EP1SF3637N 693. 747. 761. 782. 796. 811. 829. 15. 25.42� – 37� EP1SF4237N 715. 774. 787. 811. 823. 840. 859. 15. 25.48� – 37� EP1SF4837N 761. 821. 839. 859. 876. 889. 915. 15. 25.60� – 37� EP1SF6037N 783. 846. 860. 885. 901. 918. 939. 15. 25.
Order Code
Example: EP1SF3615N, W565-3,613
EP1SF Fabric stack-on panel36 Width15 HeightN No slotsW565-3 Flow-Celery Fabric613 Silver trim
Specification Information
Specify fabric and trim color.
Pricing listed above is P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
Note: P2 trim colors should onlybe specified when using stack-onpanels on top of EP3 panels.
Stack-on panels will work on allgeneration Equity panels byfollowing the instructions listed atthe beginning of this section.
Stack-on panels without slots do notallow for hanging components.
Stack-on posts and connectors mustbe ordered separately.
Equity
46
Stack-on Posts
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Standard – – 12� EP1SPC12 $117. $121. $129.- – 13� EP1SPC13 129. 135. 141.- – 15� EP1SPC15 129. 135. 141.- – 17� EP1SPC17 148. 153. 162.- – 20� EP1SPC20 164. 174. 184.- – 25� EP1SPC25 177. 188. 197.- – 32� EP1SPC32 188. 197. 208.- – 37� EP1SPC37 197. 208. 217.
Extended for use with post covers – – 12� EP1SPC12E 117. 121. 129.- – 13� EP1SPC13E 129. 135. 141.- – 15� EP1SPC15E 129. 135. 141.- – 17� EP1SPC17E 148. 153. 162.- – 20� EP1SPC20E 164. 174. 184.- – 25� EP1SPC25E 177. 188. 197.- – 32� EP1SPC32E 188. 197. 208.- – 37� EP1SPC37E 197. 208. 217.
Order Code
Example: EP1SPC25, 613
EP1SPC Stack-on post25 Height613 Silver trim
Specification Information
Specify fabric and trim color.
Pricing listed above is P1 trimcolors. Add the appropriateupcharge if using P2 or P3 trimcolors.
Note: P2 trim colors should onlybe specified when using stack-onpanels on top of EP3 panels.
Post connectors must be orderedseparately.
Application Notes
Stack-onpost must be used betweenadjacent stack-on panels.
Standard stack-on post bottom usesa conical shaped bolt that connectsit to the full height post directlybeneath it. Post connectors for thetop of the stack-on post must beordered separately to match thegeometry of the stack-on panels.
Dual/Triple height posts can beused to transition between a fullheight panel and a lower heightpanel with a stack-on panel above(eg:80� h panel adjacent to a 60�hpanel with a 20�h stack-on panel).Dual/Triple height posts allow a fullheight post cover to span thestack-on connection.
Extended stack-on post bottom usesa double-threaded round connecterto attach to the full-height postdirectly beneath it. Multi-heightpost connectors (EP1PCMF) mustbe used on either side of thisconnector to provide a smoothtransition for full-height post covers.Standard post connectors are usedalong the top of the stack-on panels.
Equity
47
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
CurrentsService wall accessoriesEquity panel starters, end starters and trim kitsfor Generation 1 and generation 2 panels and components
description nominal height pattern no. list price
Equity panel starters 40� AA1EPS40 *48� AA1EPS48 *53� AA1EPS53 *60� AA1EPS60 *65� AA1EPS65 *
Equity end starters 40� AX1E40 *48� AX1E48 *53� AX1E53 *60� AX1E60 *65� AX1E65 *
Equity end trim kits Crown end cap APT ( ) *39�H wall AX1EET39(T,R,L) *48�H wall AX1EET48(T,R,L) *64�H wall AX1EET64(T,R,L) *
Gap filler 53�/64� AX1EGF11 *48�/64� AX1EGF16 *40�/64� AX1EGF24 *60�/64� AX1EGF4 *
Order Code
Example: AX1EET64T, 613
AX1 AccessoryEET Equity end trim64 Panel trimT ‘‘T’ both sides613 Silver trim
Specification Information
Specify legacy paint finish for Equityend and panel starters, trim kits andcrown end cap:
*For pricing and discounting referto the Currents price list.
Leadtimes will be consistent withCurrents published lead-times.
Application Notes
Equity panel starters attachperpendicular panels to Currentswall structural base covers. Equitypanel starter includes clampbracket and adapter. Both end andpanel starters include top clip foradded stiffness. No connector postis required for either starter.
Equity end starter supportsperpendicular panel run on thecenterline of the end of the wall.Perpendicular panels should be atthe same height or higher than theservice wall.
The Equity end trim kit enclosesand flushes out the end of theCurrents service wall with attached,end started Equity panels.
Specify trim kit suffix ‘‘T’’ for panelson both sides, ‘‘L’’ or ‘‘R’’ forattached panels only on left or rightside of end of the Currents wall (asseen from outside of ‘‘T’’ end). Alsospecify crown end cap for all endconditions.
Gap fillers fill the gap whenattaching a lower height Equitypanel at the end of a 64�H Currentsservice wall.
Equity
48
CurrentsService wall accessoriesEquity panel starters, end starters and trim kitsfor Generation 3 panels and components
description nominal height pattern no. list price
Equity panel starters 41� AA3EPS41 *41� AA3EPS54 *49� AA3EPS49 *61� AA3EPS61 *64� AA3EPS64 *
Equity end starters 41� AX3E41 *49� AX3E49 *54� AX3E54 *61� AX3E61 *64� AX3E64 *
Equity end trim kits Crown end cap APT ( ) *39�H wall AX1EET39(T,R,L) *48�H wall AX1EET48(T,R,L) *64�H wall AX1EET64(T,R,L) *
Gap filler 53�/64� AX1EGF11 *49�/64� AX1EGF16 *41�/64� AX1EGF24 *61�/64� AX1EGF4 *
Order Code
Example: AX1EET64T, 613
AX1 AccessoryEET Equity end trim64 Panel trimT ‘‘T’ both sides613 Silver trim
Specification Information
*For pricing and discounting referto the Currents price list.
Leadtimes will be consistent withCurrents published lead-times.
Application Notes
Equity panel starters attachperpendicular panels to Currentswall structural base covers. Equitypanel starter includes clampbracket and adapter. Both end andpanel starters include top clip foradded stiffness. No connector postis required for either starter.
Equity end starter supportsperpendicular panel run on thecenterline of the end of the wall.Perpendicular panels should be atthe same height or higher than theservice wall.
The Equity end trim kit enclosesand flushes out the end of theCurrents service wall with attached,end started Equity panels.
Specify trim kit suffix ‘‘T’’ for panelson both sides, ‘‘L’’ or ‘‘R’’ forattached panels only on left or rightside of end of the Currents wall (asseen from outside of ‘‘T’’ end). Alsospecify crown end cap for all endconditions.
Gap fillers fill the gap whenattaching a lower height Equitypanel at the end of a 64�H Currentsservice wall.
Equity
49
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
How to order electrical systems‘‘E’’ Series electrical system
‘‘E’’ Series electrical systems consistof a 4-circuit and a 6-circuit system.Each circuit in the systems providesa maximum of 20 amps. The fourcircuit system has eight wires, thesix-circuit system has ten wires. Both8- and 10-wire systems contain two10-gauge ‘‘super’’ neutrals and twoground wires so that sensitiveelectronic equipment may be easilyprotected from unwanted electricalinterference. ‘‘E’’ Series electricalcan be connected to either singlephase or three-phase building powersupplies.
Specification ChecklistThe following is a general checklistto ensure your order has beenspecified properly and to expediteentry of your order. It should bereviewed by a qualified electrician toensure compliance with any localcode requirements.
1. Base or ceiling infeed modules.One for each point of connectionto the building power supply. Selectmodel desired. Electrical connectionto the building power supply must bemade by a qualified electrician toensure proper installation.
2. Select panels. Conduit jumpersare used to pass power to electrifiedpanels. These panels do not havefactory-installed power wiring, butmodular power components arefield-installed.
3. Shrouds must be used for eachpanel to panel point to complete thebaseboard connection. Shrouds areincluded when post assemblies areordered. Shrouds can also be orderedseparately when buildinga multiple height connection.
4. Duplex receptacles. Specify thecircuit which receptacles are toaccess: #1, #2, #3 and #4D for 2+2info eight-wire applications andadditionally #5D and #6D for tenwire applications. If connecting tosingle-phase supply, do not order #2and #5D receptacles.
5. Select and order appropriateconduit jumpers to pass powerbetween panels.
Conduit Jumpers are for regularpanel to panel connections or used topass power through panels fromterminal block to terminal block,which can be located up to 12 feetapart. To calculate correct jumperlength:
a. Add widths of both panelscontaining terminal blocks.
b. Divide by 2.
c. Add width of any non-electrifiedpanels in-between. The result is thecorrect jumper length.
Example:
36� + 24� = 60�60� � 2 = 30�30� + 48� = 78�Order EEIC78-8/10
6. Modular Wiring Components.Internal panel wiring is fully modularand is field-installed into thebaseboard of panels. When wiring isfield-installed the followingcomponents must be specified:
Terminal blocks. To branchcircuits, splice jumpers or locatereceptacles. Blocks snap-lock intoplace and are always located in thecenter of a panel. Panels have oneblock location only. Base infeed andCeiling Infeed Modules are eachdesigned to plug into a terminalblock, which must be orderedseparately from the infeed.
7. Duplex Receptacles. Alwaysspecified separately according tocircuit access.
8. Side Mount Receptacles.Available for panels 24� and wider.All standard receptacles fit into sidemount position on right side ofterminal block connector end.Therefore, no circuit numberrestriction.
Special ConsiderationsIn addition to the checklist thefollowing points should be rem-embered when planning a layoututilizing this electrical distributionsystem.
1. ‘‘E’’ Series electrical consists offour or six 20-amp circuits,any of which can be accessed asdesired by plugging in a speciallynumbered receptacle at terminalblock locations in panels.
2. Electrified panels can beinterspersed between non-electrifiedpanels with the use of extra-lengthjumpers in which to pass circuitry tothe next electrified panel.
3. For isolation, the 2nd groundmust be properly and separatelygrounded to the building by theinstalling electrician.
4. Certain cities or localities carryspecial codes limiting the use ofcertain items within this system. Forinstance, the City of Chicagorequires that each power componentbe hard-wired at its location andtherefore modular powersystems are not allowed. Equityproducts are available which complywith these code requirements. Knollrecommends contacting your localSalesRepresentative for clarification andpossible restrictions.
*Because of our continuousproduct improvements, thesespecifications are subject to changewithout notice. Pleaseconsult your Knoll SalesRepresentative for the latestinformation prior to ordering.
Equity
50
Technical data‘‘E’’ Series electrical systems
To assist the specifier/electricianin specifying ‘‘E’’ Series electricalthe following technical information isavailable.*
Power Supply
8-Wire SystemThe wiring in the panels is to beconnected to the Multiple Branchcircuit at a convenient spot on thebuilding structure. This arrangementwill provide 4 (four), 20-amp,120-volt, 60-Hertz circuits. Powerconnections to single phase 120V,120/240V split phase and threephase 120/208V supply areaccommodated. The systemcomponents are sized for comparableampacity throughout, except forreceptacles which are rated 15 amp.
The black, red, blue and pink ‘‘hot’’leads are connected to the points ofthe 120-208V, 3 phase source withthe white/black and white/red beinga center tap neutral to provide 120Vto each of the ‘‘hot’’ wires. A greenground wire is provided for theprimary equipment ground. A secondground wire is provided for circuitsthat need to be separately grounded.
10-Wire SystemThe ten wire system is almostidentical to the eight wire systemwith the exception of the number ofcircuits provided. The ten wiresystem offers the ability to providesix circuits through one power entry.This is accomplished with theaddition of two more ‘‘hot’’ leads.They are colored tan and orange andare paired with the white/red neutralwire. Electrical components arelabeled for identification.
Electrical InfeedTwo different types of infeedsare provided which are speciallydesigned to connect to the twogeneral categories of buildingdistribution: ceiling distribution inraceways ending in junction boxesand floor duct or wall outlets.
Base Infeed Module: Modularbase-mounted infeed conduits ineight-wire and ten-wire versions areprovided for connection to buildingpower supplies housed in underflooroutlet boxes, floor mounted(monuments) or wall outlet boxes.Available ‘‘unhanded’’ for ease in
introducing power from left or rightof infeed location. The cover plates offloor monuments, recessed floorboxes or wall boxes are to bepunched to receive a half-inch (tradesize) knockout hole for installation ofthe box fitting, which is included onthe infeed circuit. The wiringconnection is to be made within thebox inside the monument or behindthe floor or wall flush plate. The 41/2�conduit can be shortened to meetfield conditions by cutting the infeed(loose) end. Base Infeed Moduleplugs into terminal block at thereceptacle location. For New Yorkbase infeed, see Planning Guide.
Ceiling Infeed Module: The straighttubular infeed may be shortened (onits bottom end) if it will not telescopesufficiently into the module to fitfield conditions. Ceiling InfeedModule is filled with 8- or 10- wireconduit and plugs into terminalblock in adjacent panel. Harnesslength is 19�. Upper tube of moduleis 79�in length.
Raceway Panels with field-installedcomponentry:
1. An independent cableway withcapacity for up to ten 3/8� dia.communications cables.
2. ‘‘Multiple Branch Circuit’’ powerwiring consisting of eightor ten wire providing four or sixseparate 20-amp circuits, plus anisolated ground and two 10-gaugeneutrals.
3. A terminal block at the center ofthe panel baseboard forpanel-to-panel electrical connectionand placement of duplex receptacles.
4. Two locations, one on each side ofthe center of the panel (back toback), into which duplex 15-ampreceptacles can be placed. Theraceway covers are provided withremovable knockouts.
For increased electric demands asecond duplex receptacle per panelside can be added to panels 24� andwider. This receptacle plugs directlyinto the right side terminal blockconnector ends. Any standard ‘‘E’’Series receptacle may be used.
5. End-to-end and face-to-facesymmetry for ease in ordering,erecting and installation of powerand communications cabling. Thefaceplates on both sides of the panelare removable without removingreceptacles.
The system and all standardcomponents are UL-listed.
*Because of our continuousproduct improvements, thesespecifications are subject to changewithout notice. Pleaseconsult a Knoll SalesRepresentative for the latestinformation prior to ordering.
Equity
51
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Technical data‘‘O’’ Series electrical systems
To assist the specifier/electrician inspecifying ‘‘O’’ Series the followingtechnical information is available.*
Power Supply
Electrical InfeedTwo different types of infeeds areprovided which are speciallydesigned to connect to the twogeneral categories of buildingdistribution: ceiling distribution inraceways ending in junction boxesand floor duct or wall outlets.
Base Infeed Module: Modularbase-mounted infeed conduits areprovided for connection to buildingpower supplies housed in underflooroutlet boxes, floor mounted or walloutlet boxes. Available ‘‘unhanded’’for ease in introducing power fromleft or right of infeed location. Thecover plates of floor monuments,recessed floor boxes or wall boxesare to be punched to receive ahalf-inch (trade size) knockout holefor installation of the box fitting,which is included on the infeedcircuit. The wiring connection is tobe made within the box inside themonument or behind the floor or wallflush plate. The 41/2� conduit can beshortened to meet field conditions bycutting the infeed (loose) end. BaseInfeed Module plugs into terminalblock.
Ceiling Infeed Module: The straighttubular infeed may be shortened (onits bottom end) if it will not telescopesufficiently into the module to fitfield conditions. Ceiling InfeedModule is filled with 8- wire conduitand plugs into terminal block inadjacent panel.
Raceway Panels withfield-installed componentry:
1. An independent cableway withcapacity for up to ten 3/8� dia.communications cables.
2. ‘‘Multiple Branch Circuit’’ powerwiring consisting of eight wireproviding four separate 20-ampcircuits, plus an isolated ground.
3. A terminal block at the center ofthe panel baseboard forpanel-to-panel electrical connectionand placement of duplex receptacles.
4. Two locations, one on each side ofthe center of the panel (back toback), into which duplex 15-ampreceptacles can be placed. Theraceway covers are provided withremovable knockouts.
For increased electric demands asecond duplex receptacle per panelside can be added to panels 36� andwider. The Side Mount Receptacle(SMR3) plugs directly into the leftside terminal block connector endsand always accesses circuit #3.
5. End-to-end and face-to-facesymmetry for ease in ordering,erecting and installation of powerand communications cabling. Thefaceplates on both sides of the panelare removable without removingreceptacles.
The system and all standardcomponents are UL-listed.
*Because of our continuous productimprovements, these specificationsare subject to change withoutnotice. Please consult a Knoll SalesRepresentative forthe latest information prior toordering.
Equity
52
Ceiling infeedsfor Generation 1 and Generation 2 panels
description type w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Painted metal ceiling module - 120� length 4� 11/2� 120� EE1CM40M $573. n/a $632.4� 11/2� 120� EE1CM48M 573. n/a 632.4� 11/2� 120� EE1CM53M 573. n/a 632.4� 11/2� 120� EE1CM60M 573. n/a 632.4� 11/2� 120� EE1CM65M 573. n/a 632.4� 11/2� 120� EE1CM80M 573. n/a 632.
Ceiling infeed harness - 19.5� length E-Series 10-wire EE1CH-10 526. n/a n/aE-Series 8-wire EE1CH-8 431. n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: EE1CM60P, 115
EE1 Equity electricalCM Ceiling module60 HeightP Painted/Plastic115 Medium Grey (Slate)
trim
Specification Information
For ceiling infeed modules:Specify trim (paint) color.Fabric covered modules notavailable.
Note:‘‘E’’ Series and ‘‘O’’ Series electricalcomponents are notinterchangeable.
8-wire components listed work forboth 2+2 and 3+1 configurations.
To connect a metal ceiling infeed toa corner or straight connection usean adjustable angle connector or anadjustable angle connector withmulti-height connector for athree-way connection.
NOTE: EP1 & EP2 Panels andcomponents are available inlegacy colors only.
Application Notes
Ceiling infeed modules:Electrical harnesses not includedwith modules. Modules are hollowto accommodate power and/or datacables from source into systemsfurniture.
With electrical harness installed,infeed holds 35 cables.Cables/conduit are laid into thelower metal body by removal of thefront 1-1/2� wide access cover andinto the upper plastic extrusion byseparating the front edge of thepliable tube. Infeed module isattached to an available postlocation of the appropriate height.The module connot be used forpanel suppoet and there are no‘‘hang on’ capabilities. Includesescutcheon plate. Plate and plastictube are white to integrate withstandard ceiling color.
No ‘‘hang on’’ capabilities.Module cannot be used for panelsupport.
Painted metal module is 120� longmetal extrusion with attachmenthooks at proper height to attach toappropriate height post. Infeedholds 35 cables with electrialharness installed.
Cables/conduit are laid into moduleby removal of two-piece front 1-1/2�wide vertical access cover whichruns the length of the extrusion.Includes escutcheon plate which iswhite to integrate with ceiling. Tubeis trim colored to match system trim.
To connect a metal ceiling infeed toa corner or a straight connection youmust use an adjustable angleconnector or adjustable angleconnector with a multi-height postconnector.
Equity
53
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Ceiling infeedsfor Generation 3 panels
description type w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Painted metal ceiling module - 120� length 4� 11/2� 120� EE3CM41M $573. $602. $632.4� 11/2� 120� EE3CM49M 573. 602. 632.4� 11/2� 120� EE3CM61M 573. 602. 632.4� 11/2� 120� EE3CM81M 573. 602. 632.4� 11/2� 120� EE3CM54M 573. 602. 632.4� 11/2� 120� EE3CM64M 573. 602. 632.
Order Code
Example: EE3CM61P, 115
EE3 Equity electricalGeneration 3
CM Ceiling module61 HeightP Painted/Plastic115 Medium Grey (Slate)
trim
Specification Information
For ceiling infeed modules:Specify trim (paint) color.Fabric covered modules notavailable.
Note:‘‘E’’ Series and ‘‘O’’ Series electricalcomponents are notinterchangeable.
8-wire components listed work forboth 2+2 and 3+1 configurations.Toconnect a metal ceiling infeed to acorner or straight connection use anadjustable angle connector or anadjustable angle connector withmulti-height connector for athree-way connection.
Application Notes
Ceiling infeed modules:Electrical harnesses not includedwith modules. Modules are hollowto accommodate power and/or datacables from source into systemsfurniture.
With electrical harness installed,infeed holds 35 cables.Cables/conduit are laid into thelower metal body by removal of thefront 1-1/2� wide access cover andinto the upper plastic extrusion byseparating the front edge of thepliable tube. Infeed module isattached to an available postlocation of the appropriate height.The module connot be used forpanel suppoet and there are no‘‘hang on’ capabilities. Includesescutcheon plate. Plate and plastictube are white to integrate withstandard ceiling color.
No ‘‘hang on’’ capabilities.Module cannot be used for panelsupport.
Painted metal module is 120� longmetal extrusion with attachmenthooks at proper height to attach toappropriate height post. Infeedholds 35 cables with electrialharness installed.
Cables/conduit are laid into moduleby removal of two-piece front 1-1/2�wide vertical access cover whichruns the length of the extrusion.Includes escutcheon plate which iswhite to integrate with ceiling. Tubeis trim colored to match system trim.
To connect a metal ceiling infeed toa corner or a straight connection youmust use an adjustable angleconnector or adjustable angleconnector with a multi-heightconnector.
Equity
54
‘‘E’’ Series electrical8-wire/10-wirebase infeed modules
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Base infeed module - ‘‘E’’ Series (non-handed) 8-wire 54� – – EE1BI-8 $224.8-wire 72� – – EE1BI72-8 276.10-wire 54� – – EE1BI-10 271.10-wire 72� – – EE1BI72-10 328.
New York base infeeds 10-wire EE1BI-10N 340.8-wire EE1BI-8N 279.
Jumper end base feed ‘‘E’’ Series 8-wire w/ground, 72� EE1BIJ-8G 312.10-wire w/ground, 72� EE1BIJ-10G 377.8-wire, 72� EE1BIJ-8 287.10-wire, 72� EE1BIJ-10 354.
San FranciscoBase infeed module
(non-handed) 8-wire 54� – – EE1BI-8SF 224.(non-handed) 8-wire 72� – – EE1BI72-8SF 276.(non-handed) 10-wire 54� – – EE1BI-10SF 271.(non-handed) 10-wire 72� – – EE1BI72-10SF 328.
Order Code
Example: EE1BI-10
EE1BI Base infeed10 10 wire
Specification Information
8-wire components listed work forboth 2+2 and 3+1 configurations.
Application Notes
Base infeed modules:An infeed conduit that connects tothe wall or floor outlet box of abuilding’s power supply and plugsinto a terminal block in panelraceway. Power entry can be fromeither left or right side of panel.Injection molded cover conceals thebaseboard connection and isreversible for either left or rightentry. Can be field-cut to properlengths. Color is black. A terminalblock must be ordered separately.
Jumper end infeeds:Connects by hardwiring to abuilding’s electrical supply in flooror wall box. Plugs into one set ofterminal connections at end ofTerminal Block Terminal Blockmust be located inpanel adjacent tosource. Terminal Block is orderedseparately.
Can be field cut by a certifiedelectricaian to necessary length.Conduit is encased in black plasticsealer.
Equity
55
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
‘‘E’’ Series electrical8-wire/10-wireconduit jumper
description nominal length actual length pattern no. 8-wire 10-wire
Conduit jumper 18� 111/2� EE1C18-(8 /10) $100. $118.21� 141/2� EE1C21-(8 /10) 104. 121.24� 171/2� EE1C24-(8 /10) 106. 124.27� 201/2� EE1C27-(8 /10) 107. 132.30� 231/2� EE1C30-(8 /10) 110. 134.33� 261/2� EE1C33-(8 /10) 113. 139.36� 291/2� EE1C36-(8 /10) 114. 141.39� 321/2� EE1C39-(8 /10) 119. 148.42� 351/2� EE1C42-(8 /10) 122. 152.45� 381/2� EE1C45-(8 /10) 125. 154.48� 411/2� EE1C48-(8 /10) 129. 156.51� 441/2� EE1C51-(8 /10) 134. 163.54� 471/2� EE1C54-(8 /10) 134. 163.57� 501/2� EE1C57-(8 /10) 141. 170.60� 531/2� EE1C60-(8 /10) 144. 174.63� 561/2� EE1C63-(8 /10) 149. 177.66� 591/2� EE1C66-(8 /10) 151. 184.69� 621/2� EE1C69-(8 /10) 151. 184.72� 651/2� EE1C72-(8 /10) 156. 190.75� 681/2� EE1C75-(8 /10) 158. 193.78� 711/2� EE1C78-(8 /10) 160. 198.81� 741/2� EE1C81-(8 /10) 162. 199.84� 771/2� EE1C84-(8 /10) 163. 201.87� 801/2� EE1C87-(8 /10) 171. 210.90� 831/2� EE1C90-(8 /10) 174. 213.93� 861/2� EE1C93-(8 /10) 176. 216.96� 891/2� EE1C96-(8 /10) 183. 221.99� 921/2� EE1C99-(8 /10) 185. 224.102� 951/2� EE1C102-(8 /10) 188. 228.105� 981/2� EE1C105-(8 /10) 190. 232.108� 1011/2� EE1C108-(8 /10) 191. 233.111� 1041/2� EE1C111-(8 /10) 198. 238.114� 1071/2� EE1C114-(8 /10) 202. 244.120� 1131/2� EE1C120-(8 /10) 211. 255.126� 1191/2� EE1C126-(8 /10) 215. 260.132� 1251/2� EE1C132-(8 /10) 218. 268.144� 1371/2� EE1C144-(8 /10) 232. 282.
Order Code
Example: EE1C30-8
EE1C Conduit jumper30 Length8 8-wire
Specification Information
8-wire components listed work forboth 2+2 and 3+1 configurations.
Application Notes
Jumpers:Transmit power circuits from onepanel mouted terminal block toanother. Can carry power throughpanels where no terminal blocks areinstalled. The length of the jumpercorresponds to the distance betweenthe terminal blocks.
To calculate the correct length:
1. Add widths of both panelscontaining terminal blocks.2. Divide by two.3. Add width of any non-electrifiedpanels in-between.The result is the correct jumperlength.
Example:
36�+24�=60�60�÷2�=30�30�+48�=78�Order EE1C78-8/10
Equity
56
‘‘E’’ Series electrical8-wire/10-wirecomponents
description typeactuallength pattern no. list 8-wire 10-wire
8-wire3+1
8-wire2+2
10-wire3+3
Panel-to-panel flatflexible connectors
Used only with adjacent panels 111/2� EE1CF18(8/10) $104. $104. $121.171/2� EE1CF24(8/10) 107. 107. 132.231/2� EE1CF30(8/10) 113. 113. 139.
Terminal block EE1TB(8/10) 51. 66.
KnollNow applicable to 8-wire only
Duplex receptacle(package of 10)
Circuit #1 EE1R1 P10 377. 377. 377.Circuit #2 EE1R2 P10 377. 377. 377.Circuit #3 dedicated for 2+2 EE1R3D P10 n/a 377. n/aCircuit #3 for 3 + 1 EE1R3 P10 377. n/a 377.Circuit #4 dedicated circuit for 3+1, 2+2 or 3+3 EE1R4D P10 377. 377. 377.Circuit #5 dedicated circuit for 3+3 EE1R5D P10 n/a n/a 377.Circuit #6 dedicated circuit for 3+3 EE1R6D P10 n/a n/a 377.
Duplex receptacle Circuit #1 EE1R1 46. 46. 46.Circuit #2 EE1R2 46. 46. 46.Circuit #3 dedicated for 2+2 EE1R3D n/a 46. n/aCircuit #3 for 3 + 1 EE1R3 46. n/a 46.Circuit #4 dedicated circuit for 3+1, 2+2 or 3+3 EE1R4D 46. 46. 46.Circuit #5 dedicated circuit for 3+3 EE1R5D n/a n/a 46.Circuit #6 dedicated circuit for 3+3 EE1R6D n/a n/a 46.
‘‘E’’ Series side mountreceptacle bracket
package of 10 EE1SMRB10 229. 229. 229.
Data shield Terminal block shield EE15BR 71. 71. 71.
Order Code
Example: EE1R3
EE1R Duplex receptacle3 Circuit #3
Specification Information
Receptacles are black only.
‘‘E’’ Series and ‘‘O’’ Series electricalcomponents are notinterchangeable.
Application Notes
Neutral wires are 10 gauge.
Side mount receptacles:Plugs directly into the right side ofterminal block to provide a secondduplex receptacle where required.Any ‘‘E’’ Series receptacle can beused in panels 24� wide and wider.Side mount receptacle bracket(EE1SMRB10) is needed whenusing a side mount receptacle.
Terminal Block:A modular eight or ten wire blockthat snaps into the baseboardlocation in the center of the panel.Used to branch circuits, splicejumpers, or locate duplexreceptacles back to back.
Equity
57
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
‘‘E’’ Series electricalDedicated Neutral Systemconduit jumper
descriptionnominallength pattern no. list
Conduit jumper 18� EE1C18-(N3/N4)e $122.21� EE1C21-(N3/N4)e 129.24� EE1C24-(N3/N4)e 133.27� EE1C27-(N3/N4)e 139.30� EE1C30-(N3/N4)e 144.33� EE1C33-(N3/N4)e 148.36� EE1C36-(N3/N4)e 149.39� EE1C39-(N3/N4)e 153.42� EE1C42-(N3/N4)e 160.45� EE1C45-(N3/N4)e 163.48� EE1C48-(N3/N4)e 164.51� EE1C51-(N3/N4)e 172.54� EE1C54-(N3/N4)e 172.57� EE1C57-(N3/N4)e 177.60� EE1C60-(N3/N4)e 185.63� EE1C63-(N3/N4)e 189.66� EE1C66-(N3/N4)e 191.69� EE1C69-(N3/N4)e 191.72� EE1C72-(N3/N4)e 201.75� EE1C75-(N3/N4)e 205.78� EE1C78-(N3/N4)e 208.81� EE1C81-(N3/N4)e 211.84� EE1C84-(N3/N4)e 213.87� EE1C87-(N3/N4)e 221.90� EE1C90-(N3/N4)e 224.93� EE1C93-(N3/N4)e 227.96� EE1C96-(N3/N4)e 232.99� EE1C99-(N3/N4)e 234.102� EE1C102-(N3/N4)e 238.105� EE1C105-(N3/N4)e 244.108� EE1C108-(N3/N4)e 245.111� EE1C111-(N3/N4)e 254.114� EE1C114-(N3/N4)e 257.120� EE1C120-(N3/N4)e 269.126� EE1C126-(N3/N4)e 273.132� EE1C132-(N3/N4)e 280.144� EE1C144-(N3/N4)e 295.
Order Code
Example: EE1C30-N3
EE1C Conduit jumper30 LengthN3 8-wire dedicated neutral
Specification Information
8-wire N3 = 2+1 system (2 hots and2 neutrals sharing one ground, 1isolated hot and 1 isolated neutralon an isolated ground)
10-wire N4 = 2+2 system (2 hotsand 2 neutrals sharing one ground,2 hots and 2 neutrals sharinganother ground)
Application Notes
Jumpers:Transmit power circuits from onepanel mouted terminal block toanother. Can carry power throughpanels where no terminal blocks areinstalled. The length of the jumpercorresponds to the distance betweenthe terminal blocks.
To calculate the correct length:
1. Add widths of both panelscontaining terminal blocks.2. Divide by two.3. Add width of any non-electrifiedpanels in-between.The result is the correct jumperlength.
Example:
36�+24�=60�60�÷2�=30�30�+48�=78�Order EE1C78-N3
Equity
58
‘‘E’’ Series electricalDedicated Neutral Systemconduit jumper
descriptionnominallength pattern no. list
Terminal block (N3/N4) EE1TB-(N3/N4)e $66.
Duplex receptacle(package of 10)
EE1RIIIN P10e 401.EE1RIIN P10e 401.EE1RIN P10e 401.EE1RIVN P10e 401.
Duplex receptacle EE1RIIINe 53.EE1RIINe 53.EE1RINe 53.EE1RIVNe 53.
Base infeed module 54� EE1BI-(N3/N4)e 286.72� EE1BI72-(N3/N4)e 303.
San FranciscoBase infeed module
54� EE1BI-(N3/N4)SFe 286.72� EE1BI72-(N3/N4)SFe 303.
Order Code
Example: EE1C30-N3
EE1C Conduit jumper30 LengthN3 8-wire dedicated neutral
Specification Information
8-wire N3 = 2+1 system (2 hots and2 neutrals sharing one ground, 1isolated hot and 1 isolated neutralon an isolated ground)
10-wire N4 = 2+2 system (2 hotsand 2 neutrals sharing one ground,2 hots and 2 neutrals sharinganother ground)
Application Notes
Jumpers:Transmit power circuits from onepanel mouted terminal block toanother. Can carry power throughpanels where no terminal blocks areinstalled. The length of the jumpercorresponds to the distance betweenthe terminal blocks.
To calculate the correct length:
1. Add widths of both panelscontaining terminal blocks.2. Divide by two.3. Add width of any non-electrifiedpanels in-between.The result is the correct jumperlength.
Example:
36�+24�=60�60�÷2�=30�30�+48�=78�Order EE1C78-N3
Equity
59
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
‘‘O’’ Series electricalCeiling infeed/base infeed modules
description type w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Raceway ceiling infeed module - ‘‘O’’ Series 120� length 4� 11/2� 120� OE1CM40Me $637. n/a $702.4� 11/2� 120� OE1CM48Me 637. n/a 702.4� 11/2� 120� OE1CM53Me 637. n/a 702.4� 11/2� 120� OE1CM65Me 637. n/a 702.4� 11/2� 120� OE1CM60Me 637. n/a 702.4� 11/2� 120� OE1CM80Me 637. n/a 702.
Ceiling infeed harness - 19.5’ length ‘‘O’’ Series 8-wire OEICH-8e 773. n/a n/a
Base infeed module - ‘‘O’’ Series 8 wire (non-handed) 48� – – OBIe 388. n/a n/a72� – – OBI72e 470. n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: OIM60H-8, 117
OIM Raceway ceiling infeedmodule
60 Height (panel)H Hard wired8 8-wire electrical117 Soft grey trim
Specification Information
For ceiling infeed module:Specify module trim color.
Note:‘‘O’’ series and ‘‘E’’ series electricalcomponents are notinterchangeable.
‘‘O’’ series ceiling infeeds will notwork with EP3 panels.
Application Notes
Ceiling infeed modules:Electrical harnesses not includedwith modules. Modules are hollowto accommodate power and/or datacables from source into systemsfurniture.
With electrical harness installed,infeed holds 35 cables.Cables/conduit are laid into thelower metal body by removal of thefront 1-1/2� wide access cover andinto the upper plastic extrusion byseparating the front edge of thepliable tube. Infeed module isattached to an available postlocation of the appropriate height.The module connot be used forpanel suppoet and there are no‘‘hang on’ capabilities. Includesescutcheon plate. Plate and plastictube are white to integrate withstandard ceiling color.
No ‘‘hang on’’ capabilities.Module cannot be used for panelsupport.
Painted metal module is 120� longmetal extrusion with attachmenthooks at proper height to attach toappropriate height post. Infeedholds 35 cables with electrialharness installed.
Cables/conduit are laid into moduleby removal of two-piece front 1-1/2�wide vertical access cover whichruns the length of the extrusion.Includes escutcheon plate which iswhite to integrate with ceiling. Tubeis trim colored to match system trim.
To connect a metal ceiling infeed toa corner or a straight connection youmust use an adjustable angleconnector or adjustable angleconnector with a multi-heightconnector.
Base infeed modules:An infeed conduit that connects tothe wall or floor outlet box of abuilding’s power supply and plugsinto a terminal block in panelbaseboard. Power entry can be fromeither left or right side of panel.Injection molded cover conceals thebaseboard connection and isreversible for either left or rightentry. Can be field-cut to properlengths. Color is black. A terminalblock must be ordered separately.
Equity
60
‘‘O’’ Series electricalConduit jumper8-wire
description nominal L actual L pattern no. 8-wire
Conduit jumper 15� 111/2� OCC15-(8)e $182.18� 141/2� OCC18-(8)e 186.21� 171/2� OCC21-(8)e 192.24� 201/2� OCC24-(8)e 196.27� 231/2� OCC27-(8)e 202.30� 261/2� OCC30-(8)e 204.33� 291/2� OCC33-(8)e 210.36� 321/2� OCC36-(8)e 214.39� 351/2� OCC39-(8)e 221.42� 381/2� OCC42-(8)e 233.45� 411/2� OCC45-(8)e 242.48� 441/2� OCC48-(8)e 246.51� 471/2� OCC51-(8)e 252.54� 501/2� OCC54-(8)e 252.57� 531/2� OCC57-(8)e 260.60� 561/2� OCC60-(8)e 265.63� 591/2� OCC63-(8)e 272.66� 621/2� OCC66-(8)e 276.69� 651/2� OCC69-(8)e 276.72� 681/2� OCC72-(8)e 290.75� 711/2� OCC75-(8)e 294.78� 741/2� OCC78-(8)e 300.81� 771/2� OCC81-(8)e 304.84� 801/2� OCC84-(8)e 306.87� 831/2� OCC87-(8)e 314.90� 861/2� OCC90-(8)e 323.93� 891/2� OCC93-(8)e 329.96� 921/2� OCC96-(8)e 332.99� 951/2� OCC99-(8)e 337.102� 981/2� OCC102-(8)e 340.105� 1011/2� OCC105-(8)e 349.108� 1041/2� OCC108-(8)e 353.111� 1071/2� OCC111-(8)e 360.114� 1101/2� OCC114-(8)e 372.120� 1161/2� OCC120-(8)e 382.126� 1221/2� OCC126-(8)e 394.132� 1281/2� OCC132-(8)e 400.144� 1401/2� OCC144-(8)e 425.
Order Code
Example: OCC30-8
OCC Conduit jumper30 Length8 Electric (8-wire)
Application Notes
Jumpers:Transmit power circuits from onepanel mounted terminal block toanother. Can carry power throughpanels where no terminal blocksare installed. The length of thejumper corresponds to thedistance between the terminalblocks.
To calulate the correct length:1. Add widths of both panelscontaining terminal blocks.2. Divide by two.3. Add width of any non-electrifiedpanels in-between.The result is the correct jumperlength.
Example:
36� + 24� = 60�60� ÷ 2 = 30�30� + 48� = 78�Order OCC78-6/8
Equity
61
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
‘‘O’’ Series electrical components8-wire
description type l pattern no. 8-wire
Terminal block OTB-(8)e $98.
Duplex receptacle(package of 10)
Circuit #1 OR1 P10e 649.Circuit #2 OR2 P10e 649.Circuit #3 OR3 P10e 649.Circuit #4 OR4 P10e 649.Circuit #4 dedicated OR4D P10e 834.Side mount duplex receptacle (circuit #3) OSMR3 P10e 1,112.
Duplex receptacle Circuit #1 OR1e 68.Circuit #2 OR2e 68.Circuit #3 OR3e 68.Circuit #4 OR4 68.Circuit #4 dedicated OR4De 86.Side mount duplex receptacle (circuit #3) OSMR3e 116.
‘‘O’’ Series side mount receptacle bracket package of 10 OSMRB10e 518.
‘‘O’’ Series terminal block bracket package of 10 OTBK10e 67.
Data shield Terminal block shield EE15BR 71.
Order Code
Example: OR3
OR Duplex receptacle3 Circuit #3
Specification Information
Available in black only.
‘‘O’’ series and ‘‘E’’ series electricalcomponents are notinterchangeable.
Application Notes
Duplex receptacle (OR series):Each of the 8-wire receptaclesengage a different combination ofthree of the circuit legs in theterminal blocks. Receptacles #1,#2, and #3 engage lines 1,2 and 3respectively plus shared neutraland G1 equipment ground (orcommon ground). Receptacle #4engages line 4 and separate N2neutral plus G1 equipmentground.
Receptacle #4D engages line 4 andseparate N2 neutral plus theisolated ground. Specify this when adedicated circuit is installed.
Shared neutral wire is 10 gauge.
Side mount receptacle (OSMR3):Plugs directly into left side ofterminal block to provide asecond duplex receptacle wherereequired. Always accessesCircuit #3. Can only be used onEP1 panels 36� or wider.
Side mount receptacle bracket(OBSMRB):Side mount bracket must beordered when using an SMR3receptacle with EP1- Panel.
Panel-to-panel flat flexibleconnector (OCF series):To carry power from one 12�electrified panel to an adjacent 12�electrified panel.
Terminal block:A modular eight-wire block thatsnaps into the baseboard location inthe center of the panel. Used tobranch circuits, splice jumpers, orlocate duplex receptacles back toback. Terminal block bracket isprovided when ordering terminalblock. OBOTBK is used only withEP1 Panels.
Equity
62
Electrical/Communication accessories
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Desktop Power Module, clamp mount 108� cord 33/4� – 41/2� EE4WSME108 $162.72� cord 33/4� – 41/2� EE4WSME72 144.
Desktop Data module, clamp mount 33/4� 21/2� 5� EE4WSMC 122.
Desk top power and communicationsmodule, clamp mount
108� cord length EE4WSMED108 348.72� cord length EE4WSMED72 318.
Raceway accessory Knock-out replacement cover (N, O, V seriespanel outlets and EP1, EP2 and EP3 electrical)
EE1KC 14.
Knock-out replacement cover (N, O, V seriespanel outlets and EP1, EP2 and EP3 electrical)Package of 10.
EE1KC10 62.
Knock-out replacement cover - side mountreceptacle (‘‘O’’ Series)
OE1SMKC 15.
Order Code
Example: EE1WSME
EE1WSM Duplex MonumentE Electrical
Specification Information
Worksurface modules are availablein black only. Specify trim color forraceway accessory only. Electricalcenter is two-tone Neutral andBrown.
Communication module does notinclude communication faceplatesor jacks.
Application Notes
Desktop modules:Duplex electrical andcommunications outlets that attachat any point along the rear of aworksurface.
Accommodates surfaces 1� to 1 3/4�thick.
Monument requires no drilling.Clamps to back of worksurface withincluded bracketry.
Knock-out replacement cover:Injection molded plastic piecewhich snaps into raceway cover of apanel where electrification is nolonger required.
Equity
63
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Panel accessoriesCable and Wire Managers
description type w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Vertical wire manager 1/2� 3/4� 80� EC1VWM80 $27. $28. $30.
Order Code
Example: EC1VWM80, 117
EC1VWM Vertical Wire Manager80 Length117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color.
Application Notes
Vertical wire manager:A plastic strip designed to hide acord running down the edge of thepanel. Cut to desired length in field.
Equity
64
Panel accessoriesCoat Hook, Coat Hanger and Carpet Grips
description type w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
EP1 Coat hook 6/carton 1/2� 3/4� 5� EP1CH $110. n/a n/a
Coat hanger 17� 3/8� 91/4� EP1CHG 14. n/a n/a
Carpet gripper 12/pkg. EP1CG12 35. n/a n/a
EP3 Coat HookStraight
5/pkg. 1/8� 13/8� 23/8� EP3MMCH (B/P) 129. n/a n/a
EP3 Coat HookPostless End
5/pkg. 13/8� 1/8� 23/8� EP3MMCHPE (R/L)(B/P) 129. n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: EP1CH, 117
EP1CH Coat hook117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color.
Coat Hook and Coat Hangeravailable only in Dark Neutral,Medium Grey, Soft Grey or Taupe.
NOTE: EP1 & EP2 Panels andcomponents are available inlegacy colors only.
Application Notes
Coat hanger:A plastic coat hanger available tohang on coat hook. EP1 Coat hook:Molded plastic hook hangs over EP1panels to hold coats and hangers.Coat hook must hang over staightpost location if being used w/EP3panels.
Carpet gripper:12 per package.
EP3 Coat hook:
Aluminum coat hook attaches to anyexposed Equity vertical slot. Thereare two versions. The straightversion will work on any Equityvertical slot except for those on aninside corner. The postless endversion is handed and extendsbeyond the edge of a panel with apostless end. Hand is determined bywhich side of the panel the coathook is installed on while facing thepanel. Available in two colors;Black (B) or Matte Aluminum (P).
Equity
65
Pan
els,
Con
nect
ions
,Pow
eran
dA
cces
sori
es
Worksurface loading/supportSystem applications information
• Support must be installed for everyfour feet of width.As indicated, 5� worksurfacesrequire three supports; twopanels are required to installthe center support.
• The applications shown in thetable emphasize the fundamentalsof worksurface loading andsupport. As long as these criteriaare met, supports can beinterchanged.*
• Supporting drawer pedestals canreplace only one support.
• Adjacent worksurface-hung drawerunits require support on both sidesof the drawers.
• Depth of stretchered worksurfacesmust be equal to or less than sidepanel widths.
• Stretchered worksurfaces shouldbe used where heavy loading isanticipated.
• Cantilevers cannot be used asprimary support for 36� deepsurfaces or 30� deep surfaces widerthan 6�.
• The front edge of 30� deep surfacesshould not be loaded in excess of180 pounds.
Support Options For Worksurfaces
WorksurfaceSizes To BeSupported
EB1C20(L/R)Cantilever-C
EB1SR(S/L)Stretcher
Rail-S
24�DeepSupportingPedestal
30�DeepSupportingPedestal
2�W x 20�D 200 lbs. 2C 200 lbs. 2S N/A N/A
2�W x 24�D 200 lbs. 2C 200 lbs. 2S +1 Support N/A
30�W x 20�D 200 lbs. 2C 200 lbs. 2S N/A N/A
30�W x 24�D 200 lbs. 2C 200 lbs. 2S +1 Support N/A
30�W x 30�D 200 lbs. 2C 200 lbs. 2S — +1 Support
3�W x 20�D 200 lbs. 2C 200 lbs. 2S N/A N/A
3�W x 24�D 200 lbs. 2C 200 lbs. 2S +1 Support N/A
3�W x 30�D 200 lbs. 2C 200 lbs. 2S — +1 Support
42�W x 20�D 200 lbs. 2C 200 lbs. 2S N/A N/A
42�W x 24�D 200 lbs. 2C 200 lbs. 2S +1 Support N/A
42�W x 30�D 200 lbs. 2C 200 lbs. 2S — +1 Support
4�W x 20�D 216 lbs. 2C 216 lbs. 2S N/A N/A
4�W x 24�D 216 lbs. 2C 216 lbs. 2S +1 Support N/A
4�W x 30�D 216 lbs. 2C 216 lbs. 2S — +1 Support
54�W x 20�D 243 lbs. 3C 243 lbs. 2S/1C N/A N/A
54�W x 24�D 243 lbs. 3C 243 lbs. 2S/1C +2 Supports N/A
54�W x 30�D 243 lbs. 3C 243 lbs. 2S/1C — +2 Supports
5�W x 20�D 270 lbs. 3C 270 lbs. 2S/1C N/A N/A
5�W x 24�D 270 lbs. 3C 270 lbs. 2S/1C +2 Supports N/A
5�W x 30�D 270 lbs. 3C 270 lbs. 2S/1C — +2 Supports
66�W x 20�D 297 lbs. 3C 297 lbs. 2S/1C N/A N/A
66�W x 24�D 297 lbs. 3C 297 lbs. 2S/1C +2 Supports N/A
66�W x 30�D 297 lbs. 3C 297 lbs. 2S/1C — +2 Supports
6�W x 20�D 324 lbs. 3C 324 lbs. 2S/1C N/A N/A
6�W x 24�D 324 lbs. 3C 324 lbs. 2S/1C +2 Supports N/A
6�W x 30�D 324 lbs. 3C 324 lbs. 2S/1C — +2 Supports
78�W x 20�D 351 lbs. 3C 351 lbs. 2S/1C N/A N/A
78�W x 24�D 351 lbs. 3C 351 lbs. 2S/1C +2 Supports N/A
7�W x 20�D 378 lbs. 3C 378 lbs. 2S/1C N/A N/A
7�W x 24�D 378 lbs. 3C 378 lbs. 2S/1C +2 Supports N/A
7�W x 30�D — 378 lbs. 2S/1C — +2 Supports
90�W x 20�D 405 lbs. 3C 405 lbs. 2S/1C N/A N/A
90�W x 24�D 405 lbs. 3C 405 lbs. 2S/1C +2 Supports N/A
8�W x 20�D 432 lbs. 3C 432 lbs. 2S/1C N/A N/A
8�W x 24�D 432 lbs. 3C 432 lbs. 2S/1C +2 Supports N/A
8�W x 30�D — 432 lbs. 2S/2C — +2 Supports
9�W x 20�D 486 lbs. 4C 486 lbs. 2S/2C N/A N/A
9�W x 24�D 486 lbs. 4C 486 lbs. 2S/2C +3 Supports N/A
9�W x 30�D — 486 lbs. 2S/2C — +3 Supports
10�W x 20�D 540 lbs. 4C 540 lbs. 2S/2C N/A N/A
10�W x 24�D 540 lbs. 4C 540 lbs. 2S/2C +3 Supports N/A
10�W x 30�D — 540 lbs. 2S/2C — +3 Supports
Weights listed are the BIFMA* functional load requirements for panel hung worksurface loading. If loads largerthan these listed are anticipated, approval from Knoll, Inc. is required.
INSTALLATIONS WHICH VIOLATE THESE REQUIREMENTS WILL NOT BE COVERED BY THE KNOLL,INC. LIMITED WARRANTY.
*Business Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association.
Equity
66
General informationGeneral Information 120 degree worksurface
Top surface available in standardlaminates and wood veneers. For acomplete list of color offering consultthe Finishes page at the beginning ofthe price list.
Edge grommets, when specified, arein a rear, centered location and areavailable in black only for shipmentsafter December 31, 2005. Cornerworksurfaces provide two edgegrommets.
EW2 worksurfaces provideadditional half grommets on eitherend to provide a full grommet whentwo tops meet. The half grommet alsoallows for cord management by itselfwhen it is wrapped by panels and notadjacent to other worksurfaces.
Underside of all 24� deep and deeperrectangular worksurfaces ispredrilled for mounting of the Equitypedestals and support bracketry.
The front edge of 30� deepcantilevered surfaces should not beloaded in excess of 180 pounds.
Surface thickness is 11/4�.
EW1 worksurfaces are designed toprovide a 3/8� cable management gapbetween the back edge of theworksurface and wall panel.
EW2 worksurfaces are flush againstthe supporting panel.
Equity ‘‘D’’ and ‘‘P’’ tops are actualdepth plus 11/2� to cover two postsand may not be panel wrapped. Thisallows a stretcher rail to support theflat end without being visuallyobtrusive. Adjacent worksurfacesshould be specified so as not to covera post where a ‘‘D’’ or ‘‘P’’ top may beused.
Tables bases (columns, hubs, legsand stretchers) are painted orpolished chrome.
All tables are shipped knocked-down(KD).
Some EW1 worksurfaces may beordered with cantilevers/supportinghardware by adding a �C� to the endof the pattern number and theappropriate list price upcharge aslisted in the application notes.Worksurfaces up to 48 inches widewill include one left hand and oneright hand cantilever. Worksurfacesfrom 48 inches to 96 inches wide willinclude one right hand cantileverand two left hand cantilevers.Worksurfaces greater than 96 incheswide will include one right handcantilever and three left handcantilevers. The additional left handcantilevers are required for centersupport on tops greater than 48inches wide.
36 inch deep worksurfaces are notavailable with support hardwareincluded. �Extended one end� and�extended both ends� tops are notavailable with support hardwareincluded.
Cascade EdgeCascade Edge worksurfaces arewrapped with a 3D laminate sheetthat is heated and pressed around anFSC certified substrate. 3D laminateis more susceptible to denting,impact, tearing and marring thanconventional high pressure laminateand should be handled with care. Donot drag worksurfaces across anyflooring surface. Treat Cascade Edgeworksurfaces like veneerworksurfaces for optimumperformance under normalconditions. Cascade Edgeworksurfaces come with a 10 yearwarranty that covers defects inworkmanship and materials. Thiswarranty does not cover damageoccurring during or after installation.
Cascade edge worksurfaces in solidcolors utilize a non-PVCconstruction and are also free of anyplasticizers, pthalutes and leadcontent.
2mm edge
depth is actual minus 3/8� at the backfor a cord drop
2mm edge
depth is actual, back of worksurfaceis flush with panel
Cascade Edge
Seamless eased front edge, depth isactual minus 3/8� at the back for acord drop
Cascade Edge profile
Equity
67
Wor
ksur
face
san
dTa
bles
This page intentionally left blank
General information
Woodgrain laminate direction
Equity
69
Wor
ksur
face
san
dTa
bles
General Information120 degree Worksurfaces
Woodgrain laminate direction
Equity
70
EW1 WorksurfacesRectangular 20� and 24� deep
description w d pattern no.2mmedge
woodgrainedge
metaledge
20�D Rectangular 24� 20� EW12420G $237. $259. $286.30� 20� EW13020G 244. 269. 292.36� 20� EW13620G 268. 293. 321.42� 20� EW14220G 330. 362. 396.48� 20� EW14820G 340. 375. 408.54� 20� EW15420G 440. 484. 527.60� 20� EW16020G 440. 484. 527.66� 20� EW16620G 440. 484. 527.72� 20� EW17220G 454. 498. 544.78� 20� EW17820G 474. 522. 567.84� 20� EW18420G 474. 522. 567.90� 20� EW19020G 562. 616. 672.96� 20� EW19620G 603. 665. 724.102� 20� EW110220G 624. 685. 745.108� 20� EW110820G 643. 708. 771.114� 20� EW111420G 666. 732. 800.120� 20� EW112020G 689. 757. 824.
24�D Rectangular 24� 24� EW12424G 249. 272. 296.30� 24� EW13024G 255. 280. 308.36� 24� EW13624G 276. 307. 334.42� 24� EW14224G 345. 378. 414.48� 24� EW14824G 355. 391. 426.54� 24� EW15424G 462. 508. 555.60� 24� EW16024G 462. 508. 555.66� 24� EW16624G 462. 508. 555.72� 24� EW17224G 475. 523. 568.78� 24� EW17824G 495. 546. 594.84� 24� EW18424G 495. 546. 594.90� 24� EW19024G 590. 647. 706.96� 24� EW19624G 633. 699. 761.102� 24� EW110224G 652. 716. 784.108� 24� EW110824G 675. 743. 812.114� 24� EW111424G 700. 769. 840.120� 24� EW112024G 721. 796. 866.
Order Code
Example: EW17220G, 117, 117
EW1 Equity top only72 Width in inches20 Depth in inchesG w/grommet117 Soft Grey laminage117 Soft Grey edge
Specification Information
Specify surface and edge color.
Note:If an edge grommet is not desiredremove the ‘‘G’’ and deduct $20.Worksurface cable baskets maybe ordered separately. See page0.
Extended worksurfaces notavailable with support hardwareincluded.
Note:For woodgrain direction see page69.
Application Notes
Pattern numbers listed above are forworksurface only. See page 66 forWorksurface Loading and SupportApplication Information.
For cantilevered worksurfaces,please add a ‘‘C’’ to the end of thepattern number and add $50 to thelist price. Worksurfaces up to 48inches wide will include one lefthand and one right hand cantilever.Worksurfaces greater than 48 incheswide will include two left handcantilevers and one right handcantilever. The additional left handcantilever is required for additionalcenter support on tops spanning adistance greater than 48 inches.
A center support must be used witha 54� wide or larger worksurface.
Note:Extended one end add ‘‘E’’ and$20. Extended both ends add‘‘EE’’ and $40. (‘‘EE’’ not availableon 120�.)
Extended tops are not available withsupport hardware included.
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany worksurface when specifyinga legacy laminate.
Equity
71
Wor
ksur
face
san
dTa
bles
EW1 WorksurfacesRectangular 30� and 36� deep
description w d pattern no.2mmedge
woodgrainedge
metaledge
30�D Rectangular 24� 30� EW12430G $309. $339. $370.30� 30� EW13030G 328. 360. 393.36� 30� EW13630G 346. 380. 415.42� 30� EW14230G 408. 449. 489.48� 30� EW14830G 454. 498. 544.54� 30� EW15430G 569. 629. 685.60� 30� EW16030G 604. 666. 727.66� 30� EW16630G 653. 719. 785.72� 30� EW17230G 685. 751. 821.78� 30� EW17830G 706. 779. 848.84� 30� EW18430G 744. 820. 891.90� 30� EW19030G 781. 858. 935.96� 30� EW19630G 805. 885. 964.102� 30� EW110230G 891. 985. 1,072.108� 30� EW110830G 930. 1,025. 1,115.114� 30� EW111430G 968. 1,067. 1,162.120� 30� EW112030G 1,007. 1,108. 1,212.
36�D Rectangular 48� 36� EW14836G 674. 742. 808.54� 36� EW15436G 702. 772. 842.60� 36� EW16036G 731. 805. 877.66� 36� EW16636G 757. 835. 910.72� 36� EW17236G 786. 864. 947.78� 36� EW17836G 816. 897. 981.84� 36� EW18436G 845. 927. 1,010.90� 36� EW19036G 876. 961. 1,050.96� 36� EW19636G 905. 994. 1,085.102� 36� EW110236G 931. 1,026. 1,118.108� 36� EW110836G 968. 1,067. 1,162.114� 36� EW111436G 1,005. 1,107. 1,210.120� 36� EW112036G 1,049. 1,155. 1,261.
Order Code
Example: EW17230G, 117, 117
EW1 Equity top only72 Width in inches30 Depth in inchesG w/grommet117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge
Specification Information
Specify surface and edge color. Anysupport required must be orderedseparately (including floorstandingpedestals, etc.).
Note:If an edge grommet is not desiredremove the ‘‘G’’ and deduct $20.Worksurface cable baskets maybe ordered separately. See page95.
Extended worksurfaces are notavailable with support hardwareincluded.
Note:For woodgrain direction see page69.
Application Notes
Pattern numbers listed above are forworksurface only. See page 95 forWorksurface Loading and SupportApplication Information.Forcantilevered worksurfaces, pleaseadd a ‘‘C’’ to the end of the patternnumber and add $50 to the listprice. Worksurfaces up to 48 incheswide will include one left hand andone right hand cantilever.Worksurfaces greater than 48 incheswide will include two left handcantilevers and one right handcantilever. The additional left handcantilever is required for additionalcenter support on tops spanning adistance greater than 48 inches.
36� deep top cannot be used withcantilevers. Must be mounted with36� or longer stretcher rails. Usepedestal or freestanding end panelfor intermediate support under 72�or larger worksurfaces (36� depthonly).
A center support must be used witha 54� wide or larger worksurfaces.
Note:Extended one end add ‘‘E’’ and$20. Extened both ends add ‘‘EE’’and $40. (‘‘EE’’ not available on120�.)
Extended tops and 36� deep tops arenot available with support hardwareincluded.
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany worksurface when specifyinga legacy laminate.
Equity
72
EW1 WorksurfacesCorner
description A B C pattern no.2mmedge
woodgrainedge
metaledge
Corner tops 36� 20� 20� EW1C3620G $564. $618. $675.36� 24� 24� EW1C3624G 564. 618. 675.36� 30� 30� EW1C3630G 634. 700. 764.42� 20� 20� EW1C4220G 708. 780. 849.42� 24� 24� EW1C4224G 708. 780. 849.42� 30� 30� EW1C4230G 770. 847. 923.48� 20� 20� EW1C4820G 845. 927. 1,010.48� 24� 24� EW1C4824G 845. 927. 1,010.48� 30� 30� EW1C4830G 859. 947. 1,034.
Corner top with cutout 48� 24� 24� EW1C4824KG 842. 926. 1,008.
Curved corner tops 36� 24� 24� EW1CC3624G 618. 680. 743.42� 24� 24� EW1CC4224G 781. 858. 935.48� 24� 24� EW1CC4824G 927. 1,023. 1,112.60� 24� 24� EW1CC6024G 1,035. 1,138. 1,240.
Corner top with 2 different returns 36� 24� 30� EW1C362430G 752. 827. 905.36� 30� 24� EW1C363024G 752. 827. 905.42� 24� 30� EW1C422430G 845. 927. 1,010.42� 30� 24� EW1C423024G 845. 927. 1,010.48� 24� 30� EW1C482430G 932. 1,027. 1,120.48� 30� 24� EW1C483024G 932. 1,027. 1,120.
Split corner tops 36� 24� 24� EW1SC3624GC 1,842. 2,026. 2,212.42� 24� 24� EW1SC4224GC 1,887. 2,076. 2,264.42� 30� 30� EW1SC4230GC 1,920. 2,111. 2,301.48� 24� 24� EW1SC4824GC 1,997. 2,196. 2,398.48� 30� 30� EW1SC4830GC 2,127. 2,338. 2,551.
Order Code
Example: EW1C482430G, 117,117
EW1 Equity top onlyC Corner surface48 Width24 Left return depth30 Right return depthG grommets117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge
Specification Information
Specify surface and edge color.
Note:If and edge grommet is notdesired remove the ‘‘G’’ anddeduct $20. Worksurface cablebaskets may be orderedseparately. See page 95.
Note:For woodgrain direction see page69.
When wood grain or brushedlaminates are specified on Equitycorner worksurfaces, one of threegrain direction options must bespecified. Insert the desired graindirection option (L,R or D) after thelaminate finish code. Please add$25 to the list price for diagonalgrain (D) selection.
Applicatin Notes
A return panel may not be used nextto corner worksurfaces, as theycover both posts for a smoothtransition with adjacent rectangularworksurfaces.
All supports must be orderedseperately. A panel to worksurfacebracket must be ordered to supportthe back corner of a cornerworksurface.
Cantilevers are included with splitcorner worksurfaces.
For cantilever worksurfaces, add a‘‘C’’ to the end of the pattern numberand add $50 to the list price.Cantilever worksurfaces include aleft hand and right hand cantileverand a left hand panel to worksurfacebracket to support the back corner.
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany worksurface when specifyinga legacy laminate.
Equity
73
Wor
ksur
face
san
dTa
bles
EW1 WorksurfacesBlended Corner&Peninsula
description A B C D pattern no.2mmedge
woodgrainedge
metaledge
Blended corner 24� 36� 60� 24� EW1BS3660S( )G $767. $845. $921.24� 36� 72� 24� EW1BS3672S( )G 814. 893. 975.24� 48� 60� 24� EW1BS4860S( )G 841. 924. 1,007.24� 48� 60� 30� EW1BS4860D( )G 848. 932. 1,018.24� 48� 66� 24� EW1BS4866S( )G 879. 966. 1,054.24� 48� 66� 30� EW1BS4866D( )G 900. 989. 1,078.24� 48� 72� 24� EW1BS4872S( )G 917. 1,004. 1,097.24� 48� 72� 30� EW1BS4872D( )G 953. 1,049. 1,143.24� 60� 36� 24� EW1BS6036S( )G 767. 845. 921.24� 60� 48� 24� EW1BS6048S( )G 841. 924. 1,007.24� 60� 48� 30� EW1BS6048D( )G 845. 927. 1,010.24� 66� 48� 24� EW1BS6648S( )G 879. 966. 1,054.24� 66� 48� 30� EW1BS6648D( )G 881. 968. 1,057.24� 72� 36� 24� EW1BS7236S( )G 814. 893. 975.24� 72� 48� 24� EW1BS7248S( )G 917. 1,004. 1,097.24� 72� 48� 30� EW1BS7248D( )G 928. 1,024. 1,113.30� 48� 60� 24� EW1BD4860S( )G 845. 927. 1,010.30� 48� 66� 24� EW1BD4866S( )G 881. 968. 1,057.30� 48� 72� 24� EW1BD4872S( )G 928. 1,024. 1,113.30� 60� 48� 24� EW1BD6048S( )G 848. 932. 1,018.30� 66� 48� 24� EW1BD6648S( )G 900. 989. 1,078.30� 72� 48� 24� EW1BD7248S( )G 953. 1,049. 1,143.
Blended peninsula (left handed shown) 60� 48� 24� – EW1BP6048S(R/L) 821. 905. 986.72� 48� 24� – EW1BP7248S(R/L) 926. 1,021. 1,111.72� 48� 30� – EW1BP7248D(R/L) 944. 1,038. 1,134.78� 48� 24� – EW1BP7848S(R/L) 957. 1,054. 1,148.78� 48� 30� – EW1BP7848D(R/L) 988. 1,086. 1,185.84� 48� 24� – EW1BP8448S(R/L) 985. 1,082. 1,179.84� 48� 30� – EW1BP8448D(R/L) 1,044. 1,150. 1,256.
Order Code
Example: EW1BS3672SLG, 117,117
EW1B Blended worksurfaceS 24� left depth36 48 left width72 72� right widthS 24� right widthL Left side post coveredG Grommet117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge
Specification Information
Specify surface and edge color.
All support bracketry must beordered separately.
Note:If and edge grommet is notdesired remove the ‘‘G’’ anddeduct $20.
Note:For woodgrain direction see page69.
Application Notes
Blended worksurfaces are designedto take the place of two adjacentworksurfaces by blending them intoone top. The front of theworksurface is curved to provide asmooth transition to the nextattached worksurface.
Blended worksurfaces are handedand may or may not cover a post oneither or both sides. Hand isdetermined from the seated position.Option suffixes for Blended cornersare as follows:X=No posts coveredL=Left side post coveredR=Right side post coveredB=Both sides posts covered
Blended peninsulas are handed andalways cover one post. Hand isdetermined from seated position.Rounded end is 30� deep.
Depth options are as follows:S=24�deepD=30�deep
Center support must be used for allsurfaces which exceed 48� inlength.
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany worksurface when specifyinga legacy laminate.
Equity
74
EW2 WorksurfacesRectangular 20� and 24� deep
description w d pattern no.2mmedge
woodgrainedge
metaledge
20�D Rectangular 24� 20� EW22420G $237. $259. $286.30� 20� EW23020G 244. 269. 292.36� 20� EW23620G 268. 293. 321.42� 20� EW24220G 330. 362. 396.48� 20� EW24820G 340. 375. 408.54� 20� EW25420G 440. 484. 527.60� 20� EW26020G 440. 484. 527.66� 20� EW26620G 440. 484. 527.72� 20� EW27220G 454. 498. 544.78� 20� EW27820G 474. 522. 567.84� 20� EW28420G 474. 522. 567.90� 20� EW29020G 562. 616. 672.96� 20� EW29620G 603. 665. 724.102� 20� EW210220G 624. 685. 745.108� 20� EW210820G 643. 708. 771.114� 20� EW211420G 666. 732. 800.120� 20� EW212020G 689. 757. 824.
24�D Rectangular 24� 24� EW22424G 249. 272. 296.30� 24� EW23024G 255. 280. 308.36� 24� EW23624G 276. 307. 334.42� 24� EW24224G 345. 378. 414.48� 24� EW24824G 355. 391. 426.54� 24� EW25424G 462. 508. 555.60� 24� EW26024G 462. 508. 555.66� 24� EW26624G 462. 508. 555.72� 24� EW27224G 475. 523. 568.78� 24� EW27824G 495. 546. 594.84� 24� EW28424G 495. 546. 594.90� 24� EW29024G 590. 647. 706.96� 24� EW29624G 633. 699. 761.102� 24� EW210224G 652. 716. 784.108� 24� EW210824G 675. 743. 812.114� 24� EW211424G 700. 769. 840.120� 24� EW212024G 721. 796. 866.
Order Code
Example: EW27220G, 117, 117
EW2 Equity top only72 Width in inches20 Depth in inchesG w/grommet117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge
Specificaiton Information
Specify surface and edge color. Anysupport required must be orderedseparately (including cantilevers,floorstanding pedestals, etc.).Note:If an edge grommet is not desiredremove the ‘‘G’’ and deduct $20.Worksurface cable baskets maybe ordered separately. Seepage95.
Note:For woodgrain direction see page69.
Pattern numbers listed above are forworksurface only. All support mustbe ordered seperately. See page 66for Worksurface Loading andSupport Application Information.
A center support must be used witha 54� wide or larger worksurface.
Note: Extended one end add ‘‘E’’and $20. Extended both ends add‘‘EE’’ and $40. (‘‘EE’’ not availableon 120�.)
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany worksurface when specifyinga legacy laminate.
Equity
75
Wor
ksur
face
san
dTa
bles
EW2 WorksurfacesRectangular 30� and 36� deep
description w d pattern no.2mmedge
woodgrainedge
metaledge
30�D Rectangular 24� 30� EW22430G $309. $339. $370.30� 30� EW23030G 328. 360. 393.36� 30� EW23630G 346. 380. 415.42� 30� EW24230G 408. 449. 489.48� 30� EW24830G 454. 498. 544.54� 30� EW25430G 569. 629. 685.60� 30� EW26030G 604. 666. 727.66� 30� EW26630G 653. 719. 785.72� 30� EW27230G 685. 751. 821.78� 30� EW27830G 706. 779. 848.84� 30� EW28430G 744. 820. 891.90� 30� EW29030G 781. 858. 935.96� 30� EW29630G 805. 885. 964.102� 30� EW210230G 891. 985. 1,072.108� 30� EW210830G 930. 1,025. 1,115.114� 30� EW211430G 968. 1,067. 1,162.120� 30� EW212030G 1,007. 1,108. 1,212.
36�D Rectangular 48� 36� EW24836G 674. 742. 808.54� 36� EW25436G 702. 772. 842.60� 36� EW26036G 731. 805. 877.66� 36� EW26636G 757. 835. 910.72� 36� EW27236G 786. 864. 947.78� 36� EW27836G 816. 897. 981.84� 36� EW28436G 845. 927. 1,010.90� 36� EW29036G 876. 961. 1,050.96� 36� EW29636G 905. 994. 1,085.102� 36� EW210236G 931. 1,026. 1,118.108� 36� EW210836G 968. 1,067. 1,162.114� 36� EW211436G 1,005. 1,107. 1,210.120� 36� EW212036G 1,049. 1,153. 1,258.
Order Code
Example: EW27230G, 117, 117
EW2 Equity top only72 Width in inches30 Depth in inchesG w/grommets117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge
Specification Information
Specify surface and edge color. Anysupport required must be orderedseparately (including floorstandingpedestals, etc.).Note:If an edge grommet is not desiredremove the ‘‘G’’ and deduct $20.Worksurface cable baskets maybe ordered separately. Seepage95.
Note:For woodgrain direction see page69.
Application Notes
Pattern numbers listed above are forworksurface only. All supporthardware must be orderedseperately. See page 66 forWorksurface Loading and SupportApplication Information.
36� deep top may not be used withcantilevers. Must be mounted with36� or longer stretcher rails. Usepedestal or freestanding end panelfor intermediate support under 72�or larger worksurfaces (36� depthonly).
A center support must be used witha 54� wide or larger worksurface.
Note:Extended one end add ‘‘E’’ and$20. Extended both ends add‘‘EE’’ and $40 (‘‘EE’’ not availableon 120�.)
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany worksurface when specifyinga legacy laminate.
Equity
76
EW2 WorksurfacesCorner
description A B C pattern no.2mmedge
woodgrainedge
metaledge
Corner tops 36� 20� 20� EW2C3620G $564. $618. $675.36� 24� 24� EW2C3624G 564. 618. 675.36� 30� 30� EW2C3630G 634. 700. 764.42� 20� 20� EW2C4220G 708. 780. 849.42� 24� 24� EW2C4224G 708. 780. 849.42� 30� 30� EW2C4230G 770. 847. 923.48� 20� 20� EW2C4820G 845. 927. 1,010.48� 24� 24� EW2C4824G 845. 927. 1,010.48� 30� 30� EW2C4830G 859. 947. 1,034.
Curved corner tops 36� 24� 24� EW2CC3624G 618. 680. 743.42� 24� 24� EW2CC4224G 781. 858. 935.48� 24� 24� EW2CC4824G 927. 1,023. 1,112.60� 24� 24� EW2CC6024G 1,035. 1,138. 1,240.
Corner top with 2 different returns 36� 24� 30� EW2C362430G 752. 827. 905.36� 30� 24� EW2C363024G 752. 827. 905.42� 24� 30� EW2C422430G 845. 927. 1,010.42� 30� 24� EW2C423024G 845. 927. 1,010.48� 24� 30� EW2C482430G 932. 1,027. 1,120.48� 30� 24� EW2C483024G 932. 1,027. 1,120.
Split corner tops 36� 24� 24� EW2SC3624GC 1,842. 2,026. 2,212.42� 24� 24� EW2SC4224GC 1,887. 2,076. 2,264.42� 30� 30� EW2SC4230GC 1,920. 2,111. 2,301.48� 24� 24� EW2SC4824GC 1,997. 2,196. 2,398.48� 30� 30� EW2SC4830GC 2,127. 2,338. 2,551.
Order Code
Example: EW2C4830G, 117, 117
EW2 Equity top onlyC Corner worksurface48 Width30 DepthG Grommets117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge
Specification Information
Specify surface, and edgecolor.Note:If and edge grommet is notdesired remove the ‘‘G’’ anddeduct $20. Worksurface cablebaskets may be orderedseparately. See page95.
Note:For woodgrain direction see page69.
When wood grain or brushedlaminates are specified on Equitycorner worksurfaces, one of threegrain direction options must bespecified. Insert the desired graindirection option (L,R or D) after thelaminate finish code. Please add$25 to the list price for diagonalgrain (D) selection.
Application Notes
A return panel may not be used nextto corner worksurfaces, as theycover both posts for a smoothtransition with adjacent rectangularworksurfaces.
All supporting hardware, includinga panel to worksurface bracket tosupport the back corner, must beordered seperately.
Cantilevers are included with splitcorner worksurfaces only.
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany worksurface when specifyinga legacy laminate.
Equity
77
Wor
ksur
face
san
dTa
bles
EW2 WorksurfacesBlended Corner&Peninsula
description A B C D pattern no.2mmedge
woodgrainedge
metaledge
Blended corner 24� 36� 60� 24� EW2BS3660S( )G $767. $845. $921.24� 36� 72� 24� EW2BS3672S( )G 814. 893. 975.24� 48� 60� 24� EW2BS4860S( )G 841. 924. 1,007.24� 48� 60� 30� EW2BS4860D( )G 848. 932. 1,018.24� 48� 66� 24� EW2BS4866S( )G 879. 966. 1,054.24� 48� 66� 30� EW2BS4866D( )G 900. 989. 1,078.24� 48� 72� 24� EW2BS4872S( )G 917. 1,004. 1,097.24� 48� 72� 30� EW2BS4872D( )G 953. 1,049. 1,143.24� 60� 36� 24� EW2BS6036S( )G 767. 845. 921.24� 60� 48� 24� EW2BS6048S( )G 841. 924. 1,007.24� 60� 48� 30� EW2BS6048D( )G 845. 927. 1,010.24� 66� 48� 24� EW2BS6648S( )G 879. 966. 1,054.24� 66� 48� 30� EW2BS6648D( )G 881. 968. 1,057.24� 72� 36� 24� EW2BS7236S( )G 814. 893. 975.24� 72� 48� 24� EW2BS7248S( )G 917. 1,004. 1,097.24� 72� 48� 30� EW2BS7248D( )G 928. 1,024. 1,113.30� 48� 60� 24� EW2BD4860S( )G 845. 927. 1,010.30� 48� 66� 24� EW2BD4866S( )G 881. 968. 1,057.30� 48� 72� 24� EW2BD4872S( )G 928. 1,024. 1,113.30� 60� 48� 24� EW2BD6048S( )G 848. 932. 1,018.30� 66� 48� 24� EW2BD6648S( )G 900. 989. 1,078.30� 72� 48� 24� EW2BD7248S( )G 953. 1,049. 1,143.
Blended peninsula (left handed shown) 60� 48� 24� – EW2BP6048S(R/L) 821. 905. 986.72� 48� 24� – EW2BP7248S(R/L) 926. 1,021. 1,111.72� 48� 30� – EW2BP7248D(R/L) 944. 1,038. 1,134.78� 48� 24� – EW2BP7848S(R/L) 957. 1,054. 1,148.78� 48� 30� – EW2BP7848D(R/L) 988. 1,086. 1,185.84� 48� 24� – EW2BP8448S(R/L) 985. 1,082. 1,179.84� 48� 30� – EW2BP8448D(R/L) 1,044. 1,150. 1,256.
Order Code
Example: EW2BS3672SLG, 117,117
EW2B Blended worksurfaceS 24� left depth36 48� left width72 72� right widthS 24� right depthL Left side post coveredG Grommet117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge
Specification Information
Specify surface edge color.
All support bracketry must beordered separately.
Note:If an edge grommet is not desired,remove the ‘‘G’’ and deduct $20.
Note:For woodgrain direction see page69.
Application Notes
Blended worksurfaces are designedto take the place of two adjacentworksurfaces by blending them intoone top. The front of theworksurface is curved to provide asmooth transition to the nextattached worksurface.
Blended worksurfaces are handedand may or may not cover a post oneither or both sides. Hand isdetermined from the seated position.Option suffixes for Blended cornersare as follows:X=No posts coveredL=Left side post coveredR=Right side post coveredB=Both sides posts covered
Blended peninsulas are handed andalways cover one post. Hand isdetermined from seated position.Rounded end is 30� deep.
Blended peninsulas do not comewith grommets. Due to this, theworksurface meeting the ‘‘c’’ sidewill have a one-half grommet wherethe return meets the peninsula.
Depth options are as follows:S=24�deepD=30�deep
Center support must be used for allsurfaces which exceed 48� inlength.
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany worksurface when specifyinga legacy laminate.
Equity
78
Worksurface, blended double corner, curved cluster, cornerroundEW1 and EW2 profiles
description A B C pattern no.Standard
edgewoodgrain
edgemetaledge
Blended double corner 96� 48� 24� EW1BC9648G $1,027. $1,129. $1,231.96� 48� 24� EW2BC9648G 1,027. 1,129. 1,231.
135° Curved cluster 36� 24� – EW11353624G 905. 994. 1,085.36� 24� – EW21353624G 905. 994. 1,085.42� 24� – EW21354224G 1,126. 1,239. 1,351.42� 24� – EW11354224G 1,126. 1,239. 1,351.48� 24� – EW11354824G 1,292. 1,421. 1,551.48� 24� – EW21354824G 1,292. 1,421. 1,551.
135° Curved cluster center core 36� – – EW1135C36 566. 624. 679.42� – – EW1135C42 625. 687. 748.48� – – EW1135C48 687. 753. 822.
Corner-round worksurface 24� – – EW1CR24 287. 314. 342.24� – – EW2CR24 287. 314. 342.30� – – EW2CR30 320. 353. 380.30� – – EW1CR30 320. 353. 380.
Order Code
Example: EW1BC9648G, 117, 117
EW1BC Blened double corner96 Width48 DepthG Grommet117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge
Specification Information
Specify surface and edge color.
Support bracketry must be orderedseparately.
Note:If an edge grommet is not desired,remove the ‘‘G’’ and deduct $20.
Note:For woodgrain direction see page69.
Application Notes
Double corner worksurface isdesigned to take the place of twoadjacent corners by combining theninto one top.
48� deep sides are designed to covera post and cannot be panel wrapped.
Corner round worksurface is foruse in outside 90-degreeconfigurations only and is used totransition two adjacentworksurfaces.
Worksurfaces meeting either side ofthe corner-round worksurface mustbe extended on that end to avoid agap between worksurfaces.
Curved cluster worksurface isused in 135-degree planningconfigurations.
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany worksurface when specifyinga legacy laminate.
Equity
79
Wor
ksur
face
san
dTa
bles
Worksurfaces, D, P+9EW1 and EW2 profiles
description type w d pattern no.standard
edgewoodgrain
edgemetaledge
‘‘D’’ tops 60� 30� EW1D6030 $496. $548. $595.60� 30� EW2D6030 496. 548. 595.72� 30� EW1D7230 558. 613. 670.72� 30� EW2D7230 558. 613. 670.72� 36� EW1D7236 729. 801. 874.72� 36� EW2D7236 729. 801. 874.84� 30� EW2D8430 849. 934. 1,021.84� 30� EW1D8430 849. 934. 1,021.84� 36� EW1D8436 900. 989. 1,078.84� 36� EW2D8436 900. 989. 1,078.
P+9 tops (‘‘9’’ shown) 72� 30� EW1(9/P)7230 708. 780. 849.72� 30� EW2(9/P)7230 708. 780. 849.72� 36� EW1(9/P)7236 743. 818. 890.72� 36� EW2(9/P)7236 743. 818. 890.84� 30� EW2(9/P)8430 864. 953. 1,038.84� 30� EW1(9/P)8430 864. 953. 1,038.84� 36� EW1(9/P)8436 920. 1,008. 1,103.84� 36� EW2(9/P)8436 920. 1,008. 1,103.
Order Code
Example: EW1P7230C, 117, 117,117
EW1 Gen 1 worksurfaceP P top72 Width30 DepthC Supports included117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge
Specification Information
Specify surface and edge color.Specify hardware color for basesand stretcher rails.
Note:‘‘P’’ and ‘‘D’’ worksurfaces cannotbe panel wrapped.
Column bases and stretcher railsmust be ordered separately. Seepage 81.
Note:For woodgrain direction see page69.
Application Notes
Designed for use as primaryworksurfaces and for conferencingin small groups.
To specify an EW1 ‘‘D’’, ‘‘P’’ or ‘‘9’’top with support hardware(fixed-height column and stretcherrail) included add a ‘‘C’’ to the endof the pattern number and add $200to the list price.
84� wide ‘‘D’’, ‘‘P’’ and ‘‘9’’worksurfaces include a ‘‘V’’ supportbar mounted on the underside foradditional stability.
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany worksurface when specifyinga legacy laminate.
Equity
80
Worksurfaces, D, P+9Column base and stretcher rails
description type pattern no. Black P1 P2 P3
Column Bases Fixed Height Support Column (273/4�) EB1FCOL n/a $294. $319. $332.
Stretcher rails 24�, 30� and 36� widths EB1SRS 124. 133. 139. 146.42�, 48� and 60� widths EB1SRL 138. 145. 152. 159.Pkg. of 10 – 24�, 30� and 36� widths EB1SRS10 912. 962. 1,010. 1,062.Pkg. Of 10 – 42�, 48� and 60� widths EB1SRL10 994. 1,048. 1,101. 1,156.
Order Code
Example: EW1P7230C, 117, 117,117
EW1 Gen 1 worksurfaceP P top72 Width30 DepthC Supports included117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge
Specification Information
Specify surface and edge color.Specify hardware color for basesand stretcher rails.
Note:‘‘P’’ and ‘‘D’’ worksurfaces cannotbe panel wrapped.
Column bases and stretcher railsmust be ordered separately
Application Notes
Designed for use as primaryworksurfaces and for conferencingin small groups.
To specify an EW1 ‘‘D’’, ‘‘P’’ or ‘‘9’’top with support hardware(fixed-height column and stretcherrail) included add a ‘‘C’’ to the endof the pattern number and add $200to the list price.
84� wide ‘‘D’’, ‘‘P’’ and ‘‘9’’worksurfaces include a ‘‘V’’ supportbar mounted on the underside foradditional stability.
Equity
81
Wor
ksur
face
san
dTa
bles
Worksurface, half roundEW1 and EW2 profiles
description w d pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Half round worksurface 48� without notch 30� EW1HR4830 $720. $743. $757.48� with round notch 30� EW1HR4830N 720. 743. 757.48� with square notch 30� EW1HR4830NK 720. 743. 757.48� without notch 30� EW2HR4830 720. 743. 757.48� with round notch 30� EW2HR4830N 720. 743. 757.48� with square notch 30� EW2HR4830NK 720. 743. 757.60� with square notch 36� EW2HR6036NK 902. 924. 939.60� with round notch 36� EW2HR6036N 902. 924. 939.60� without notch 36� EW2HR6036 902. 924. 939.60� with square notch 36� EW1HR6036NK 902. 924. 939.60� without notch 36� EW1HR6036 902. 924. 939.60� with round notch 36� EW1HR6036N 902. 924. 939.
Order Code
Example: EW1HR4830N, 117,117, 117
EW1HR Half round worksurface48 Width30 DepthN Notched for post117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge117 Soft Grey column
Specification Information
Specify surface, edge and hardwartrim color.
Note:For woodgrain direction see page69.
Application Notes
Half round worksurfaces aredesigned for use as shared referenceareas and for conferencing in smallgroups.
48� wide half rounds attach to any48� width of panels. 60� wide halfrounds attach to any 60� width ofpanels. Half rounds without notchesattach to panels by means of astretcher rail and are supported bycolumn bases, available in standardtrim colors. Column bases andstretcher rails are supplied. Columnis fixed height.
Round notch N and square notchNK include splice plates andcolumn; do not require nor includestretcher rail for support.
Wood Grain and Metal edge bands:When specifying a top with a woodgrain edge band add $25 to thestandard list price.
When specifying a top with a metaledge band add $50 to the standardlist price.
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany worksurface when specifyinga legacy laminate.
Equity
82
Cascade Edge WorksurfacesRectangular
description w d pattern no. Solid Woodgrain
24�D Rectangular 24� 24� ECE1R2424N $213. $245.30� 24� ECE1R3024N 245. 282.36� 24� ECE1R3624N 270. 312.42� 24� ECE1R4224N 312. 359.48� 24� ECE1R4824N 350. 403.54� 24� ECE1R5424N 376. 432.60� 24� ECE1R6024N 408. 469.66� 24� ECE1R6624N 441. 506.72� 24� ECE1R7224N 461. 530.78� 24� ECE1R7824N 495. 568.84� 24� ECE1R8424N 523. 601.90� 24� ECE1R9024N 590. 677.96� 24� ECE1R9624N 644. 740.
30�D Rectangular 24� 30� ECE1R2430N 271. 313.30� 30� ECE1R3030N 305. 350.36� 30� ECE1R3630N 339. 390.42� 30� ECE1R4230N 368. 422.48� 30� ECE1R4830N 408. 469.54� 30� ECE1R5430N 462. 531.60� 30� ECE1R6030N 508. 583.66� 30� ECE1R6630N 566. 651.72� 30� ECE1R7230N 590. 677.78� 30� ECE1R7830N 629. 723.84� 30� ECE1R8430N 669. 769.90� 30� ECE1R9030N 719. 827.96� 24� ECE1R9630N 769. 884.
Sample 12� 12� ECE1R1212G 132. 153.
Order Code
Example: ECE1R4824N,118
ECE1 Equity Cascade Edgeworksurface
R Rectangular48 Width24 DepthN No grommet118 Bright White finish
Specification Information
Available finishes:
Solid:114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Woodgrain:124 Medium Cherry125 Natural Maple126 Natural Cherry127 Walnut
All support hardware must beordered separately.
Application Notes
Center-Located Edge Grommet.
To specify, replace the ‘‘N’’ suffixfrom the pattern number with ‘‘G’’.Add $20.
Note: Extended one end add ‘‘E’’with no upcharge. Extended bothends ‘‘EE’’ is not available onCascade worksurfaces.
Cascade edge profile.
Bold line on image representsCascade Edge detail.
Equity
83
Wor
ksur
face
san
dTa
bles
Cascade Edge WorksurfacesBlended ‘‘D’’
description A B C pattern no. Solid Woodgrain
Blended ‘‘D’’
right hand shown
66� 48� 24� ECE1BD6648S(L/R) $863. $992.66� 48� 30� ECE1BD6648D(L/R) 907. 1,044.72� 48� 24� ECE1BD7248S(L/R) 882. 1,016.72� 48� 30� ECE1BD7248D(L/R) 940. 1,082.78� 48� 24� ECE1BD7848S(L/R) 1,019. 1,172.78� 48� 30� ECE1BD7848D(L/R) 1,054. 1,211.84� 48� 24� ECE1BD8448S(L/R) 1,047. 1,204.84� 48� 30� ECE1BD8448D(L/R) 1,113. 1,279.
Order Code
Example: ECE1BD7248SL,118
ECE1 Equity Cascade Edgeworksurface
BD Blended ‘‘D’’72 Width48 DepthS 24�d returnL Extended Left118 Bright White finish
Specification Information
Available finishes:
Solid:114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Woodgrain:124 Medium Cherry125 Natural Maple126 Natural Cherry127 Walnut
All support hardware must beordered separately.
Cascade edge profile.
Bold line on image representsCascade Edge detail.
Equity
84
Cascade Edge WorksurfacesCurvilinear corner
description A B C pattern no. Solid Woodgrain
Curvilinear corner 36� 24� 24� ECE1L3636SSN $533. $614.42� 24� 24� ECE1L4242SSN 644. 740.42� 24� 30� ECE1L4242SDN 765. 878.42� 30� 24� ECE1L4242DSN 765. 878.48� 24� 24� ECE1L4848SSN 723. 832.48� 24� 30� ECE1L4848SDN 866. 996.48� 30� 24� ECE1L4848DSN 866. 996.48� 30� 30� ECE1L4848DDN 777. 894.
Order Code
Example: ECE1L4848SSG,114
ECE1 Equity Cascade Edgeworksurface
L Curvilinear Corner48 Width48 DepthS 24�d, left sideS 24�d, right sideG Grommet114 Folkstone Grey finish
Specification Information
Available finishes:
Solid:114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Woodgrain:124 Medium Cherry125 Natural Maple127 Natural Cherry128 Walnut
All support hardward must beordered separately including rearcorner support.
Note: When wood grain or brushedlaminates are specified on Cascadecorner worksurfaces with two ‘‘A’’sides of equal length, one of threegrain direction options must bespecified. Insert the desired graindirection option (L,R or D) after thelaminate code. Please add $25 tothe list price for diagonal grain (D)selection.
Application Notes
Center-Located Edge Grommet.
To specify, replace the ‘‘N’’ suffixfrom the pattern number with ‘‘G’’.Add $40.
Cascade edge profile.
Bold line on image representsCascade Edge detail.
Equity
85
Wor
ksur
face
san
dTa
bles
Cascade Edge WorksurfacesBlended ‘‘L’’
description B C A D pattern no. Solid Woodgrain
Blended ‘‘L’’ 42� 60� 24� 24� ECE1L4260SS( )N $884. $1,017.42� 66� 24� 24� ECE1L4266SS( )N 907. 1,044.42� 72� 24� 24� ECE1L4272SS( )N 941. 1,084.42� 78� 24� 24� ECE1L4278SS( )N 953. 1,094.48� 60� 24� 24� ECE1L4860SS( )N 896. 1,029.48� 60� 30� 24� ECE1L4860DS( )N 878. 1,012.48� 66� 24� 24� ECE1L4866SS( )N 928. 1,066.48� 66� 24� 30� ECE1L4866SD( )N 924. 1,063.48� 66� 30� 24� ECE1L4866DS( )N 924. 1,063.48� 72� 24� 24� ECE1L4872SS( )N 962. 1,106.48� 72� 24� 30� ECE1L4872SD( )N 967. 1,113.48� 72� 30� 24� ECE1L4872DS( )N 967. 1,113.48� 78� 24� 24� ECE1L4878SS( )N 1,060. 1,219.48� 84� 24� 24� ECE1L4884SS( )N 1,191. 1,371.48� 84� 24� 30� ECE1L4860SD( )N 878. 1,012.60� 42� 24� 24� ECE1L6042SS( )N 884. 1,017.60� 48� 24� 24� ECE1L6048SS( )N 896. 1,029.60� 48� 24� 30� ECE1L6048SD( )N 878. 1,012.60� 48� 30� 24� ECE1L6048DS( )N 878. 1,012.66� 42� 24� 24� ECE1L6642SS( )N 907. 1,044.66� 48� 24� 24� ECE1L6648SS( )N 928. 1,066.66� 48� 24� 30� ECE1L6648SD( )N 924. 1,063.66� 48� 30� 24� ECE1L6648DS( )N 924. 1,063.72� 42� 24� 24� ECE1L7242SS( )N 941. 1,084.72� 48� 24� 24� ECE1L7248SS( )N 962. 1,106.72� 48� 24� 30� ECE1L7248SD( )N 967. 1,113.72� 48� 30� 24� ECE1L7248DS( )N 967. 1,113.78� 42� 24� 24� ECE1L7842SS( )N 953. 1,094.78� 48� 24� 24� ECE1L7848SS( )N 1,060. 1,219.84� 48� 24� 24� ECE1L8448SS( )N 1,191. 1,371.
Order Code
Example: ECE1L4872SDXG,114
ECE1 Equity Cascade Edgeworksurface
L Blended ‘‘L’’48 Width72 DepthS 24�d, left sideD 30�d, right sideX No posts coveredG Grommet114 Folkstone Grey finish
Specification Information
Available finishes:
Solid:114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Woodgrain:124 Medium Cherry125 Natural Maple126 Natural Cherry127 Walnut
All support hardware must beordered separately.
Application Notes
Center-Located Edge Grommet.
To Specify, replace the ‘‘N’’ suffixfrom the pattern number with ‘‘G’’.Add $40.
Equity ‘‘L’’ worksurfaces are handedand may or may not cover a post oneither or both sides. Hand isdetermined from the seated position.Option suffixes for Equity blendedcorners are as follows:X No posts coveredL Left side post coveredR Right side post coveredB Both side post covered
Cascade edge profile.
Bold line on image representsCascade Edge detail.
Equity
86
Cascade Edge WorksurfacesHalf round and Corner round
description w d pattern no. Solid Woodgrain
Half Round 18� 48� ECE1H4818P $461. $530.48� 18� ECE1H4818PE 461. 530.48� 18� ECE1H4818PC 461. 530.60� 24� ECE1H6024PC 634. 731.60� 24� ECE1H6024P 634. 731.60� 24� ECE1H6024PE 634. 731.
LH / RH Corner Round 24� 24� ECE1CR24L/R 245. 282.
Notched Corner Round 24� 24� ECE1CR24N 245. 282.
Order Code
Example: ECE1H4818P, 117
ECE1 Equity Cascade Edgeworksurface
H Half Round48 Width18 DepthP Notched for panel117 Soft grey finish
Specification Information
Available finishes:
Solid:114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Woodgrain:124 Medium Cherry125 Natural Maple126 Natural Cherry127 Walnut
All support hardware must beordered separately.
Application Notes
Half Round
P= Notched for post
PE= Notched for postless end.
PC= Notched for post with postcover.
Bold line on image representsCascade Edge detail.
Corner Round
When utilizing notched cornerround, adjacent tops must beextended to cover post at cornerround location.
Cascade edge profile.
Equity
87
Wor
ksur
face
san
dTa
bles
Cascade Edge WorksurfacesWave end and 120°
description 1 2 3 A B pattern no. Solid Woodgrain
Wave End, LH 36� 24� 30� 15� 11/2� ECE1W363024N $573. $659.42� 24� 30� 15� 71/2� ECE1W423024N 602. 693.48� 24� 30� 15� 15� ECE1W483024N 645. 742.72� 24� 30� 231/2� 301/2� ECE1W723024N 821. 942.
Wave End, RH 36� 30� 24� 3� 15� ECE1W362430N 573. 659.42� 30� 24� 9� 15� ECE1W422430N 602. 693.48� 30� 24� 15� 15� ECE1W482430N 645. 742.72� 30� 24� 301/2� 231/2� ECE1W722430N 821. 942.
120° worksurface 48� 48� 24� 24� ECE1W34824G 941. 1,084.
Order Code
Example: ECE1W483024N, 118
ECE1 Equity Cascade edgeworksurface
W Wave end48 Width30 Depth, right side24 Depth, left sideN No grommet118 Top finish
Specification Information
Available finishes:
Solid:114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Woodgrain:124 Medium Cherry125 Natural Maple126 Natural Cherry127 Walnut
All support hardware must beordered separately.
Specification Information
Center-Located Edge Grommet
To specify, replace the ‘‘N’’ suffixfrom the pattern number with ‘‘G’’.Add $20.
120° worksurface tops alwaysinclude grommets.
Note: Extended one end add ‘‘E’’with no upcharge. Extended bothends ‘‘EE’’ is not available onCascade worksurfaces.
Cascade edge profile.
Bold line on image representsCascade Edge detail.
Equity
88
120°Worksurfaces, transition tops and peninsula tops2mm edge
description top name w return depth d pattern no. listwoodgrain
edgemetaledge
Worksurface W11L 48� 24�L-18�R EW2W11482418 $1,241. $1,365. $1,489.W11R 48� 18�L-24�R EW2W11481824 1,241. 1,365. 1,489.W1218L 48� 24�L-18�R EW2W12482418 1,298. 1,429. 1,556.W1218R 48� 18�L-24�R EW2W12481824 1,298. 1,429. 1,556.W12L 48� 24� EW2W124824L 1,298. 1,429. 1,556.W12R 48� 24� EW2W124824R 1,298. 1,429. 1,556.W1318L 48� 24�L-18�R EW2W13482418 1,241. 1,365. 1,489.W1318R 48� 18�L-24�R EW2W13481824 1,241. 1,365. 1,489.W13L 48� 24� EW2W134824L 1,241. 1,365. 1,489.W13R 48� 24� EW2W134824R 1,241. 1,365. 1,489.W3 48� 24� EW2W34824 947. 1,039. 1,136.W4 48� 24� EW2W44824 971. 1,070. 1,171.W5L 48� 24� EW2W54824L 784. 862. 942.W5R 48� 24� EW2W54824R 784. 862. 942.W6L 48� 24� EW2W64824L 1,053. 1,157. 1,263.W6R 48� 24� EW2W64824R 1,053. 1,157. 1,263.W7L 48� 24� EW2W74824L 1,049. 1,155. 1,258.W7R 48� 24� EW2W74824R 1,049. 1,155. 1,258.
Transition tops T2 50� 24� EW2T224 631. 696. 757.T218 371/2� 18� EW2T218 592. 650. 710.T3 26� 24� EW2T324 603. 665. 724.T4 26� 24� EW2T424 721. 796. 866.T5 50� 24� EW2T524 732. 806. 879.T518 371/2� 18� EW2T518 653. 719. 785.
Peninsula tops P1 35� 52� EW2P15235 622. 683. 744.P2 36� 38� EW2P23836(L/R) 591. 648. 708.
Order Code
Example: EW2W134824L, 118,118
EW2 Equity 120 w/s 2mmedge
W13 Worksurface #134824 Side width/return depthL Pedestal on left side118 Bright White laminate118 Bright White edge
Specification Information
For all tops, specify laminate andedge color. For cantilever, tablelegs, and column base, specify trimcolor.
Transition and peninsula topsrequire a column base for support.
120° worksurfaces are not availablewith woodgrain or brushedlaminates unless specified asspecial product.
Application Notes
Refer to the worksurface planningpage for worksurface drawings andapplications.
W7 straight ends are availableextended by adding an ‘‘E’’ to theend of the pattern number andadding $20.
W3 top may be extended on eitherthe left or right hand side by addingan ‘‘EL’’ or ‘‘ER’’ to the end of thepattern number and adding $20.
W3 top may be extended on bothends by adding an ‘‘EB’’ to the endof the pattern number and adding$40.
T2 transition top comes cut to fitagainst a postless end. If placingagainst and end with a post, add an‘‘N’’ to the end of the patternnumber so it is notched for the post.
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany worksurface when specifyinga legacy laminate.
Equity
89
Wor
ksur
face
san
dTa
bles
120°Worksurface cantilevers and brackets
description top name h pattern no. black P1 P2 P3
Cantilevers left hand 60° EB3C18L60 $84. $90. $95. $99.left hand 90° EB3C18L90 84. 90. 95. 99.right hand 60° EB3C18R60 84. 90. 95. 99.right hand 90° EB3C18R90 84. 90. 95. 99.
Flat brackets 20� EB1F24 41. n/a n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: EB3C18L60, 117
EB3C18 Worksurface cantileverL Left hand60 60°117 Soft Grey finish
Specification Information
For all tops, specify laminate andedge color. For cantilever, tablelegs, and column base, specify trimcolor.
Transition and peninsula topsrequire a column base for support.
Note: Black bracket finish is NOTthe same as Jet Black.
Application Notes
Refer to the worksurface planningpage for worksurface drawings andapplications.
W7 straight ends are availableextended by adding an ‘‘E’’ to theend of the pattern number andadding $20.
W3 top may be extended on eitherthe left or right hand side by addingan ‘‘EL’’ or ‘‘ER’’ to the end of thepattern number and adding $20.
W3 top may be extended on bothends by adding an ‘‘EB’’ to the endof the pattern number and adding$40.
T2 transition top comes cut to fitagainst a postless end. If placingagainst and end with a post, add an‘‘N’’ to the end of the patternnumber so it is notched for the post.
Equity
90
Tables
description surface type w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
round table Laminate 293/4� 293/4� 29� ET1RT30 $779. $819. $856.353/4� 353/4� 29� ET1RT36 835. 874. 919.413/4� 413/4� 29� ET1RT42 1,111. 1,171. 1,223.
4 columns - 4 legs 593/4� 593/4� 29� ET1RT60 2,460. 2,587. 2,709.5 legs 473/4� 473/4� 29� ET1RT48 1,386. 1,454. 1,522.with casters 353/4� 353/4� 267/8� ET1RT36C 1,097. 1,155. 1,207.
square table Laminate 24� 24� 16� ET1ST2416 562. 590. 617.293/4� 293/4� 29� ET1ST30 743. 781. 819.353/4� 353/4� 29� ET1ST36 792. 832. 870.413/4� 413/4� 29� ET1ST42 1,058. 1,109. 1,162.
4 columns - 4 legs 591/2� 591/2� 29� ET1ST60 2,341. 2,459. 2,576.6 legs 473/4� 473/4� 29� ET1ST48 1,318. 1,381. 1,448.with casters 221/4� 221/4� 263/8� ET1ST22C 901. 944. 988.
rectangular table Laminate 473/4� 293/4� 29� ET1RCT3048 1,297. 1,362. 1,427.581/2� 351/2� 29� ET1RCT3660 1,869. 1,961. 2,056.593/4� 293/4� 29� ET1RCT3060 1,583. 1,663. 1,743.713/4� 293/4� 29� ET1RCT3072 1,869. 1,961. 2,056.713/4� 353/4� 29� ET1RCT3672 2,214. 2,323. 2,436.833/4� 413/4� 29� ET1RCT4284 2,962. 3,108. 3,257.
4 columns 953/4� 473/4� 29� ET1RCT4896 3,819. 4,010. 4,200.Accepts Equity drawers 691/4� 34� 29� ET1RCT3469 2,811. 2,951. 3,091.Accepts Equity drawers 791/4� 34� 29� ET1RCT3479 2,811. 2,951. 3,091.
Order Code
Example: ET1RCT3060, 117, 117,117
ET1RCT Rectangular table30 Depth60 Width117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify surface, trim and hardwaretrim color.
If a polished chrome base isdesired, add a ‘‘P’’ suffix and add$10 to the P1 list price.
Tables are only available in EW1profile.
Wood Grain and Metal edge bands:When specifying a top with a woodgrain edge band add $25 to thestandard list price.
When specifying a top with a metaledge band add $50 to the standardlist price.
Application Notes
Stretchers are used between two ormore hubs. Two column tables haveone stretcher; four column tablesuse four stretchers; and six columntables use seven.
ET1OT60144 top ships in twosections. Hidden fasteners joinsections.
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany table when specifying alegacy laminate.
Equity
91
Wor
ksur
face
san
dTa
bles
Tables
description surface type w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
oval table Laminate 713/4� 353/4� 29� ET1OT3672 $2,925. $3,069. $3,217.4 columns 953/4� 47� 29� ET1OT4896 4,795. 5,039. 5,278.6 columns 1193/4� 47� 29� ET1OT48120 5,867. 6,158. 6,453.6 columns 1193/4� 533/4� 29� ET1OT54120 6,539. 6,866. 7,193.6 columns 1433/4� 593/4� 29� ET1OT60144 8,540. 8,965. 9,393.
Order Code
Example: ET1RCT3060, 117, 117,117
ET1RCT Rectangular table30 Depth60 Width117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify surface, trim and hardwaretrim color.
If a polished chrome base isdesired, add a ‘‘P’’ suffix and add$10 to the P1 list price.
Tables are only available in EW1profile.
Wood Grain and Metal edge bands:When specifying a top with a woodgrain edge band add $25 to thestandard list price.
When specifying a top with a metaledge band add $50 to the standardlist price.
Application Notes
Stretchers are used between two ormore hubs. Two column tables haveone stretcher; four column tablesuse four stretchers; and six columntables use seven.
ET1OT60144 top ships in twosections. Hidden fasteners joinsections.
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany table when specifying alegacy laminate.
Equity
92
Counter caps, straightGeneration 1 and Generation 2 profiles
description surface nominal w actual w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
counter cap Laminate 12� 10.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)1215 $259. $269. $274.24� 22.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)2415 287. 293. 300.30� 28.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)3015 312. 321. 328.36� 34.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)3615 312. 321. 328.42� 40.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)4215 319. 325. 332.48� 46.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)4815 322. 329. 336.60� 58.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)6015 355. 361. 369.72� 70.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)7215 374. 379. 388.84� 82.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)8415 405. 413. 420.96� 94.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)9615 420. 429. 436.108� 106.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)10815 434. 441. 448.120� 118.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)12015 483. 489. 496.
counter cap - extended one end Laminate 12� 12� 15.25� – EW(1/2)1215E 270. 276. 286.24� 24� 15.25� – EW(1/2)2415E 295. 303. 311.30� 30� 15.25� – EW(1/2)3015E 318. 323. 330.36� 36� 15.25� – EW(1/2)3615E 318. 323. 330.42� 42� 15.25� – EW(1/2)4215E 325. 332. 339.48� 48� 15.25� – EW(1/2)4815E 335. 341. 349.60� 60� 15.25� – EW(1/2)6015E 360. 367. 375.72� 72� 15.25� – EW(1/2)7215E 391. 396. 404.84� 84� 15.25� – EW(1/2)8415E 408. 415. 423.96� 96� 15.25� – EW(1/2)9615E 426. 433. 440.108� 108� 15.25� – EW(1/2)10815E 457. 465. 472.
counter cap - extended both ends Laminate 12� 13.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)1215EE 276. 286. 292.24� 25.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)2415EE 308. 314. 322.30� 31.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)3015EE 323. 330. 338.36� 37.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)3615EE 323. 330. 338.42� 43.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)4215EE 335. 341. 349.48� 49.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)4815EE 374. 379. 388.60� 61.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)6015EE 370. 377. 384.72� 73.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)7215EE 399. 406. 414.84� 85.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)8415EE 421. 430. 437.96� 97.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)9615EE 434. 441. 448.108� 109.5� 15.25� – EW(1/2)10815EE 471. 477. 485.
Order Code
Example: EW16015,117, 117, 117
EW1 Worksurface60 Width15 Depth117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge117 Soft Grey cantilever trim
Specification Information
Specify surface, trim and cantilevertrim color.
EW1 Counter caps work with allexisting counter caps and are for useon Generation 1 or Generation 2panels only. Plastic cantilevers aresupplied.
EW2 counter caps are for use withGenereation 3 panels only. Steelbrackets are provided.
Counter caps are designed formounting on top of panels.
Straight counter caps overhang bothsides of the panel equally.
Counter caps fit between posts,appropriate to fit between two tallerpanels and a duel/triple heightconnectors.
A counter cap extension (E) coversone post.
A counter cap extension (EE) covers2 posts.
Steel mounted brackets aresupplied.
Wood Grain and Metal edge bands:When specifying a top with a woodgrain edge band add $25 to thestandard list price.
When specifying a top with a metaledge band add $50 to the standardlist price.
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany counter cap when specifyinga legacy laminate.
Equity
93
Wor
ksur
face
san
dTa
bles
Counter caps, cornerGeneration 1 and Generation 2 profiles
description surface w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
corner counter cap Laminate 24� 15.25� – EW(1/2)CC2415 $365. $379. $395.30� 15.25� – EW(1/2)CC3015 392. 405. 420.36� 15.25� – EW(1/2)CC3615 399. 414. 430.
corner counter cap - extended left Laminate 24� 15.25� – EW(1/2)CC2415LHE 374. 388. 402.30� 15.25� – EW(1/2)CC3015LHE 399. 414. 430.36� 15.25� – EW(1/2)CC3615LHE 408. 423. 438.
corner counter cap - extended right Laminate 24� 15.25� – EW(1/2)CC2415RHE 374. 388. 402.30� 15.25� – EW(1/2)CC3015RHE 399. 414. 430.36� 15.25� – EW(1/2)CC3615RHE 408. 423. 438.
corner counter cap - extended both ends Laminate 24� 15.25� – EW(1/2)CC2415EE 388. 402. 417.30� 15.25� – EW(1/2)CC3015EE 421. 437. 450.36� 15.25� – EW(1/2)CC3615EE 430. 445. 458.
Order Code
Example: EW1CC3015, 117, 117,117
EW1 WorksurfaceCC Curved corner30 Width15 Depth117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge117 Soft Grey cantilever trim
Specification Information
Specify surface, trim and cantilevertrim color.
EW1 counter caps work with allexisting counter caps and are for usewith Generation 1 or Generation 2panels. Plastic cantilevers aresupplied.
EW2 counter caps are for use withGeneration 3 panels only.
Application Notes
Counter caps are designed formounting on top of panels.
Corner counter caps-(E) extendedone end, mount on top of 24�, 30� or36� panels at 90° to each other.They are non-handed and screwholes for the mounting bracketsmust be field-drilled.
Steel mounting brackets aresupplied.
A counter cap extension (E) coversone post.
A counter cap extension (EE) covers2 posts.
Wood Grain and Metal edge bands:When specifying a top with a woodgrain edge band add $25 to thestandard list price.
When specifying a top with a metaledge band add $50 to the standardlist price.
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany counter cap when specifyinga legacy laminate.
Equity
94
Worksurface supports and accessories
description type w d h pattern no. Black P1 P2 P3
Cantilever Left-hand 20� – 20� – EB1C20L $117. $122. $129. $135.Left-hand 20�, package of 10 20� EB1C20L10 712. 752. 789. 829.Right-hand 20� – 20� – EB1C20R 117. 122. 129. 135.Right-hand 20�, package of 10 20� EB1C20R10 712. 752. 789. 829.
stretcher rail 24�, 30� and 36� – – – EB1SRS 124. 133. 139. 146.42�, 48� and 60� – – – EB1SRL 138. 145. 152. 159.Package of 10 – 24�, 30� and 36� EB1SRS10 912. 962. 1,010. 1,062.Package of 10 – 42�, 48� and 60� EB1SRL10 994. 1,048. 1,101. 1,156.
Bracket/splice plate 20� flat bracket for 20+24� D tops – – – EB1F24 * 41. n/a n/a n/a26� flat bracket for 30+36� tops – – – EB1F30 * 48. n/a n/a n/aalignment plate – – – EB1APW 13. n/a n/a n/aPanel to worksurface bracket – – – EB1PWS(L/R) 14. 15. 16. 17.
Desk end panel Laminate – 20� 29� EB1DEP20 0. 562. 0. 0.- 24� 29� EB1DEP24 0. 573. 0. 0.- 30� 29� EB1DEP30 0. 606. 0. 0.
Cable sleeve with cover – 31/4� 13/8� EW1CS 26. n/a n/a n/a
EW1 Edge grommet ( post 12/05 ) 23/16� 25/16� 13/8� EW1WSG 26. n/a n/a n/a
* black only
Specification Information
Specify trim color.
Specify laminate for desk end panel.
Application Notes
Cantilevers:Worksurface cantilevers lock intopanel slotted standards at 1�increments. Cantilevers are handed.
Stretcher rail:Stretcher rails position in the slottedstandards at 1� increments. Twosizes of stretcher rails are available.Small stretcher rail fits 24� through36� wide panels, the larger stretcherrail fits 42� through 60� widepanels. All have keyhole slots tomount worksurfaces, and arenon-handed.
Brackets:Brakcets are used on curvedworksurfaces 60� or larger andcorner worksurfaces.
Desk end panel:Designed to eliminate one returnpanel as long as the perpendicularpanel is no taller than 41�high. Itmay be used with perpendicularpanels taller than 41� only if theyare loaded evenly on both sides. Thesupport for the opposite end must bespecified separately. Includes panelattachment bracket.
All attaching hardware is included.
Cable sleeve with cover:Used to pass cables through aworksurface. Fits 3� diameter hol,field cut, in worksurface. Smoothplastic prevents abrasion of cordsand cables.
Cover snaps into sleeve. Cover hasslots that allow passage of one or twocables, yet gives appearance ofsurface continuity.
Edge grommet:Designed to accommodate variousstyles and quantites of cords/plugsbetween rear of worksurfaces andpanels for improved cord/plugmanagement. Designed to work withEquity EW1 tops shipped after2005. Available in black only.
Worksurface cable basket:Attaches to the underside ofworksurface for excess cablemanagement. Slides forward from itsposition adjacent to the panel faceto allow passage of plugs.Constructed of steel wire. Providedin black.
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany laminate product whenspecifying a legacy laminate.
Equity
95
Wor
ksur
face
san
dTa
bles
Worksurface supports and accessories
description type w d h pattern no. Black P1 P2 P3
Worksurface cable basket 20� 4� 2� EW1CB20 $50. n/a n/a n/a26� 4� 2� EW1CB26 57. n/a n/a n/a32� 4� 2� EW1CB32 68. n/a n/a n/a36� 4� 2� EW1CB36 70. n/a n/a n/a42� 4� 2� EW1CB42 75. n/a n/a n/a
* black only
Specification Information
Specify trim color.
Specify laminate for desk end panel.
Application Notes
Cantilevers:Worksurface cantilevers lock intopanel slotted standards at 1�increments. Cantilevers are handed.
Stretcher rail:Stretcher rails position in the slottedstandards at 1� increments. Twosizes of stretcher rails are available.Small stretcher rail fits 24� through36� wide panels, the larger stretcherrail fits 42� through 60� widepanels. All have keyhole slots tomount worksurfaces, and arenon-handed.
Brackets:Brakcets are used on curvedworksurfaces 60� or larger andcorner worksurfaces.
Desk end panel:Designed to eliminate one returnpanel as long as the perpendicularpanel is no taller than 41�high. Itmay be used with perpendicularpanels taller than 41� only if theyare loaded evenly on both sides. Thesupport for the opposite end must bespecified separately. Includes panelattachment bracket.
All attaching hardware is included.
Cable sleeve with cover:Used to pass cables through aworksurface. Fits 3� diameter hol,field cut, in worksurface. Smoothplastic prevents abrasion of cordsand cables.
Cover snaps into sleeve. Cover hasslots that allow passage of one or twocables, yet gives appearance ofsurface continuity.
Edge grommet:Designed to accommodate variousstyles and quantites of cords/plugsbetween rear of worksurfaces andpanels for improved cord/plugmanagement. Designed to work withEquity EW1 tops shipped after2005. Available in black only.
Worksurface cable basket:Attaches to the underside ofworksurface for excess cablemanagement. Slides forward from itsposition adjacent to the panel faceto allow passage of plugs.Constructed of steel wire. Providedin black.
Note: Add 10% to the list price ofany laminate product whenspecifying a legacy laminate.
Equity
96
General information
Equity - FreestandingAvailable as preconfigured productsor as components.
All freestanding products aredesigned to allow panel wrapping.
Desks, returns and bridgesTop surface is available in standardlaminate with 2mm edgebanding.Surface thickness is 11/4�.
End panels and back panel arepainted steel, available in standardtrim color.
Edge grommets, when specified, arein a rear, centered location andmatch hardware trim color.
Overdesk unitsOverdesk storage units look andfunction as the standard Equityoverheads.
Closed cabinet front surface isavailable in standard fabrics or painttrim colors.
Painted surfaces; end panels, tops,bottoms, backs and stanchions areavailable in standard trim colors.
Tackboards have a solid coreconstruction that will easily acceptT-pins, push pins and thumbtacks.The tackboards also provide addedprivacy. Tackboards are covered instandard fabric options.
PedestalsThe Equity freestanding deskpedestals are available in standardtrim colors as a box/box/file,pencil/box/file, or file/file style.
Freestanding ComponentsEnd panels, back panels, andpedestals that can be used to changean existing freestanding installationor used in combination to form afreestanding desk, return or bridge.
All products are shippedknocked-down.
For a complete list of color offerings,consult the Finishes page.
Equity
97
Free
stan
ding
PreconfiguredSingle and double pedestal desk
description surface w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Single pedestal desk Laminate 60� 24� 29� EF2SD6024A2(C) $2,266. $2,339. $2,414.60� 30� 29� EF2SD6030A2(C) 2,400. 2,474. 2,547.66� 24� 29� EF2SD6624A2(C) 2,323. 2,398. 2,471.66� 30� 29� EF2SD6630A2(C) 2,455. 2,527. 2,602.72� 24� 29� EF2SD7224A2(C) 2,375. 2,449. 2,522.72� 30� 29� EF2SD7230A2(C) 2,508. 2,581. 2,655.
Double pedestal desk Laminate 60� 24� 29� EF2DD6024D2(C) 2,755. 2,829. 2,902.60� 30� 29� EF2DD6030D2(C) 2,891. 2,966. 3,039.66� 24� 29� EF2DD6624D2(C) 2,808. 2,881. 2,954.66� 30� 29� EF2DD6630D2(C) 2,980. 3,052. 3,126.72� 24� 29� EF2DD7224D2(C) 2,862. 2,935. 3,009.72� 30� 29� EF2DD7230D2(C) 2,999. 3,072. 3,146.
Order Code
Example: EF2SD6630AG2C, 117,117, 117
EF2SD Freestanding singlepedestal desk
66 Width in inches30 Depth in inchesA 6/6/12 pedestalG grommet2 2mm edgeC ‘‘K’’ series lock117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color and laminate.
Available with EW1 2mm edge only.
Note:If and edge grommet is desiredadd the ‘‘G’’ before ‘‘2’’ suffix andadd $20.
Pedestal configuration:Singel pedestal desks comestandard with a 6/6/12 pedestal.
For other configurations, replace the‘‘A’’ with the following:B: 12/12 no upcharge.
Double pedestal desks comestandard with a 6/6/12 and a 12/12pedestal. For other configurations,replace the third ‘‘D’’ with one of thefollowing:A: two 6/6/12 no upchargeB: two 12/12 no upcharge
Wood Grain and Metal edge bands:When specifying a top with a woodgrain edge band add $25 to thestandard list price.
When specifying a top with a metaledge band add $50 to the standardlist price.
Application Notes
All pedestals include a lock. Forkey alike, refer to keying policy.
All attaching hardware is included.
Designed as a freestanding desk.Sized to allow panel wrappedapplications.
Overdesk units can be mounted onany single surface desk.
All freestanding product shippedknocked down (KD). Desks arenon-handed.
Pedestal and end panel location isdetermined during installation.
Note: Add 10% to the list pricewhen specifying a legacylaminate.
Equity
98
PreconfiguredEnd panel and pedestal returns, Bridge units
description surface w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
End panel return Laminate 36� 24� 29� EF2ER3624-2 $1,109. $1,172. $1,227.42� 24� 29� EF2ER4224-2 1,164. 1,224. 1,283.48� 24� 29� EF2ER4824-2 1,219. 1,280. 1,337.60� 24� 29� EF2ER6024-2 1,327. 1,387. 1,431.
Pedestal return Laminate 36� 24� 29� EF2PR3624B2(C) 1,596. 1,657. 1,715.42� 24� 29� EF2PR4224B2(C) 1,655. 1,710. 1,771.48� 24� 29� EF2PR4824B2(C) 1,706. 1,768. 1,826.60� 24� 29� EF2PR6024B2(C) 1,811. 1,872. 1,929.
Bridge units Laminate 36� 24� 29� EF2B3624-2 702. 732. 761.42� 24� 29� EF2B4224-2 752. 783. 813.48 24� 29� EF2B4824-2 808. 839. 866.
Order Code
Example: EF2ER3624-2, 117, 117,117
EF2ER Freestanding end panelreturn
36 Width in inches24 Depth in inches2 2mm edge117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color and laminate.
Available with EW1 2mm edge only.
Note:If and edge grommet is desiredadd the ‘‘G’’ before ‘‘2’’ suffix andadd $20.
Wood Grain and Metal edge bands:When specifying a top with a woodgrain edge band add $25 to thestandard list price.
When specifying a top with a metaledge band add $50 to the standardlist price.
Application Notes
Pedestal return come standard witha 12/12 pedestal. For otherconfigurations, replace the ‘‘B’’ withthe following:A: 6/6/12 no upcharge
All attaching hardware is included.
Designed as a freestanding deskreturn. Sized to allow panel wrappedapplications.
Return will support overdesk units.
Bridge is not intended to supportoverdesk units. Back panel isnon-supportive.
Bridge units are used with desks tocreate ‘‘U’’ configurations. Sized toallow panel wrapped applications.
All freestanding product shippedknocked down (KD).
Returns are non-handed. Pedestaland end panel location isdetermined at installation.
Note: Add 10% to the list pricewhen specifying a legacylaminate.
Equity
99
Free
stan
ding
Overdesk shelf and cabinet (painted/fabric)with pass-through
description type w d h pattern no. listgrade
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45add for
P2add for
P3
Overdesk cabinetwith pass-through
Fabricfront
36� 121/2� 36� EF2OF36(C) $1,334. $1,375. $1,442. $1,469. $1,511. $1,535. $1,561. $1,599. $40. $80.42� 121/2� 36� EF2OF42(C) 1,396. 1,437. 1,511. 1,536. 1,579. 1,605. 1,634. 1,674. 40. 80.48� 121/2� 36� EF2OF48(C) 1,470. 1,515. 1,588. 1,619. 1,663. 1,691. 1,720. 1,766. 40. 80.60� 121/2� 36� EF2OF60(C) 1,610. 1,659. 1,740. 1,771. 1,819. 1,852. 1,886. 1,930. 40. 80.72� 121/2� 36� EF2OF72(C) 1,745. 1,801. 1,887. 1,920. 1,975. 2,008. 2,042. 2,097. 40. 80.72� 121/2� 36� EF2OF272(C) * 1,993. 2,052. 2,150. 2,190. 2,253. 2,292. 2,333. 2,390. 40. 80.
Paintedfront
36� 121/2� 36� EF2OP36(C) 1,417. 40. 80.42� 121/2� 36� EF2OP42(C) 1,514. 40. 80.48 121/2� 36� EF2OP48(C) 1,583. 40. 80.60� 121/2� 36� EF2OP60(C) 1,728. 40. 80.72� 121/2� 36� EF2OP72(C) 1,869. 40. 80.72� 121/2� 36� EF2OP272(C) * 2,116. 40. 80.
Overdesk shelfwith pass-through
36� 121/2� 36� EF2OD36 962. 40. 80.42� 121/2� 36� EF2OD42 1,002. 40. 80.48 121/2� 36� EF2OD48 1,043. 40. 80.60� 121/2� 36� EF2OD60 1,129. 40. 80.72� 121/2� 36� EF2OD72 1,210. 40. 80.
Tackable privacyscreens
36� 3/4� 21� EF2PS36 360. 370. 391. 395. 406. 414. 420. 433.42� 3/4� 21� EF2PS42 377. 391. 406. 415. 428. 434. 443. 454.48� 3/4� 21� EF2PS48 393. 404. 423. 433. 445. 450. 458. 471.60� 3/4� 21� EF2PS60 421. 436. 456. 465. 476. 485. 492. 507.72� 3/4� 21� EF2PS72 450. 465. 487. 496. 510. 518. 527. 543.
* 2 doors
Order Code
Example: EF2OD60, 117
EF2OD Freestanding overdeskshelf
60 Length in inches117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify shelf and stanchion trimcolor and cabinet front fabric whererequired.
Note:Fabric on 72� privacy screens andcabinet fronts will be railroaded(turned 90�).
Application Notes
Overdesk storage units build ondesk assemblies to formfreestanding workstations.
Mounted on freestanding desks, theoverall height of an overdesk willline up with a 65� high panel.
Stanchion loads must be carried tothe floor by end panel or pedestaldirectly beneath it.
All freestanding product shippedknocked down (KD). Orchestra loadbars will mount on stanchions withor without tack boards.
Task lights for overhead cabinet orshelf less than 60� wide need to beordered at least 12� less than thewidth of the cabinet or shelf.
Note: Add 10% to the list pricewhen specifying a legacylaminate.
Equity
100
Preconfigured, D unit, P/9 unit,corner unit and half round
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Corner unit 36� 24� 29� EF1C3624 $1,720. $1,757. $1,793.36� 30� 29� EF1C3630 1,791. 1,827. 1,865.42� 24� 29� EF1C4224 1,928. 1,963. 2,001.42� 30� 29� EF1C4230 1,993. 2,028. 2,065.48� 24� 29� EF1C4824 2,117. 2,152. 2,188.48� 30� 29� EF1C4830 2,130. 2,166. 2,204.
‘‘D’’ Peninsula unit 48� 30� 29� EF1D4830 1,101. 1,138. 1,175.48� 36� 29� EF1D4836 1,179. 1,216. 1,255.60� 30� 29� EF1D6030 1,190. 1,225. 1,263.60� 36� 29� EF1D6036 1,363. 1,402. 1,437.72� 30� 29� EF1D7230 1,327. 1,363. 1,402.72� 36� 29� EF1D7236 1,533. 1,569. 1,605.84� 30� 29� EF1D8430 1,605. 1,643. 1,680.84� 36� 29� EF1D8436 1,697. 1,733. 1,770.
‘‘P/9’’ Peninsula unit (9 shown) 72� 30� 29� EF1(P/9)7230 1,391. 1,427. 1,462.72� 36� 29� EF1(P/9)7236 1,548. 1,583. 1,620.84� 30� 29� EF1(P/9)8430 1,642. 1,677. 1,715.84� 36� 29� EF1(P/9)8436 1,710. 1,749. 1,785.
Order Code
Example: EF1HR4830,117, 117,117
EF1HR Freestanding half-round48 Width30 Depth117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color and laminate.
Available with 2mm edge only.
Corner units come standard withoutgrommets as they may interfere withfreestanding stanchion attachment.See page 95 for field installed cablesleeve.
Wood Grain and Metal edge bands:When specifying a top with a woodgrain edge band add $25 to thestandard list price.
When specifying a top with a metaledge band add $50 to the standardlist price.
Application Notes
All attaching hardware is included.Columns are fixed height.
When peninsula units are totallyfreestanding, a second supportcolumn must be used. See page 103.
Note: Add 10% to the list pricewhen specifying a legacylaminate.
Equity
101
Free
stan
ding
Preconfigured, D unit, P/9 unit,corner unit and half round
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Half round unit 48� 30� 29� EF1HR4830 $720. $743. $757.60� 30� 29� EF1HR6030 902. 924. 939.
Order Code
Example: EF1HR4830,117, 117,117
EF1HR Freestanding half-round48 Width30 Depth117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color and laminate.
Available with 2mm edge only.
Corner units come standard withoutgrommets as they may interfere withfreestanding stanchion attachment.See page 95 for field installed cablesleeve.
Wood Grain and Metal edge bands:When specifying a top with a woodgrain edge band add $25 to thestandard list price.
When specifying a top with a metaledge band add $50 to the standardlist price.
Application Notes
All attaching hardware is included.Columns are fixed height.
When peninsula units are totallyfreestanding, a second supportcolumn must be used. See page 103.
Note: Add 10% to the list pricewhen specifying a legacylaminate.
Equity
102
Freestanding support components
description type w d h top size pattern no. P1 P2 P3
End panels 147/8� 223/4� 273/4� EF2EP24 $445. $467. $481.147/8� 283/4� 273/4� EF2EP30 476. 498. 512.
Back panels (non-supportive) for 2 pedestal ‘‘U’’ credenza 255/8� – 271/2� 72� EF2BPB72 386. 408. 423.
for bridges 361/4� – 271/2� 36� EF2BPB36 429. 449. 465.421/4� – 271/2� 42� EF2BPB42 445. 467. 481.481/4� – 271/2� 48� EF2BPB48 470. 490. 507.
for desks/tables 28� – 271/2� 60� EF2BPD60 376. 397. 413.34� – 271/2� 66� EF2BPD66 429. 449. 465.40� – 271/2� 72� EF2BPD72 459. 483. 496.
for returns 195/8� – 271/2� 36� EF2BPR36 335. 357. 372.255/8� – 271/2� 42� EF2BPR42 386. 408. 423.315/8� – 271/2� 48� EF2BPR48 420. 443. 457.435/8� – 271/2� 60� EF2BPR60 450. 474. 488.
Flat brackets(black only)
15� EB1F24 41. n/a n/a21� EB1F30 48. n/a n/a
Column Bases Fixed Height Support Column (273/4�) 273/4� EB1FCOL 294. 319. 332.
‘‘T’’ shaped end panel for peninsula tops 30� – – EF2EPT30 588. 609. 625.36� – – EF2EPT36 627. 648. 665.
Specification Information
Specify trim color where applicable.
There are three versions of backpanels: desks, returns, and bridges.End panels and pedestals have thesame width dimension, therefore,back panels are based on the topsize, regardless of deskconfiguration.
End panels are non-handed.
Application Notes
Components are constructed ofsteel.
Use flat brackets to attach returns orbridges.
Integrated end panel is anon-structural false pedestal backused when integrating a singlepedestal desk with a panel.
Equity
103
Free
stan
ding
Freestanding support components
description type w d h top size pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Back panel, ‘‘L’’ shaped for corners (non-supportive) 12� – – EF2BPC12 $335. $356. $372.18� – – EF2BPC18 369. 392. 405.
Integrated end panel for desk to wall panel attachment – – – EF2EPI15 376. 397. 413.
Specification Information
Specify trim color where applicable.
There are three versions of backpanels: desks, returns, and bridges.End panels and pedestals have thesame width dimension, therefore,back panels are based on the topsize, regardless of deskconfiguration.
End panels are non-handed.
Application Notes
Components are constructed ofsteel.
Use flat brackets to attach returns orbridges.
Integrated end panel is anon-structural false pedestal backused when integrating a singlepedestal desk with a panel.
Equity
104
Floorstanding pedestals
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Pedestals 6/6/12 15� 24� 273/4� ED2PA24C $1,007. $1,062. $1,112.15� 30� 273/4� ED2PA30C 1,111. 1,165. 1,225.
Pedestals 12/12 15� 24� 273/4� ED2PB24C 1,007. 1,062. 1,112.15� 30� 273/4� ED2PB30C 1,111. 1,165. 1,225.
Order Code
Example: ED2PA24C, 117
ED2PA Freestanding pedestal24 24� deepC ‘‘K’’ series key117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color.
Application Notes
The pedestals on this page areintended for both systems andfreestanding applications.
Calibre drawer accessories will alsofit these floorstanding pedestals.
One file bar included per filedrawer.
Equity
105
Ped
esta
lsan
dFi
les
Mobile, suspended and double-width pedestals
description type w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Mobile pedestals 6/6/12 6/6/12 configuration 15� 171/2� 27� ED2MPA18C $1,386. $1,452. $1,527.6/6/12 configuration 15� 23� 27� ED2MPA24C 1,420. 1,490. 1,564.
Mobile pedestals 12/12 12/12 configuration 15� 171/2� 27� ED2MPB18C 1,202. 1,264. 1,325.12/12 configuration 15� 23� 27� ED2MPB24C 1,229. 1,292. 1,355.
Suspended pedestals 6/12 6/12 configuration 15� 23� 19� ED2SPF24C 666. 700. 733.
Suspended pedestals 6/6/12 6/6/12 configuration 15� 171/2� 25� ED2SPA18C 771. 811. 850.6/6/12 configuration 15� 23� 25� ED2SPA24C 839. 880. 923.
Suspended pedestals 12/12 12/12 configuration 15� 171/2� 25� ED2SPB18C 742. 780. 819.12/12 configuration 15� 23� 25� ED2SPB24C 839. 880. 923.
Order Code
Example: ED2MPA24C,117
ED2 Equity drawerM MobileP PedestalA 6/6/12 configuration24 DepthC ‘‘K’’ series key117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color.
Interior drawer color on all modelsis black.
Note:In certain workstationconfigurations it may benecessary to slightly raiseworksurface height using panelconnector levelers to avoidinterference with mobilepedestals.
All pedestals include a lock.
Application Notes
Accessories:One hanging file channel bar isincluded with each 12� and 15�drawer.
One hanging file bar is includedwith each 12� and 15� drawer on thesuspended pedestal.
All models have recessed pulls andfull extension glides on 12� drawersand 3/4 extension glides on 6�drawers.
All mobile pedestals are counterweighted.
Each mobile pedestal has 5 casters.Front two casters are lockable. 5thcaster adds stability.
Suspended pedestals are designedto hang underneath 20� or 24�worksurfaces only.
Anti-tip:The double width pedestal is notcounter-weighted and has nointerlock mechanism installed. It isfor use under a completeworkstation and may not be used asa freestanding lateral file unit.
Equity
106
Mobile, suspended and double-width pedestals
description type w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Double-width pedestal Two lateral 30� 19� 273/4� ED2DW30C $1,473. $1,549. $1,625.
Order Code
Example: ED2MPA24C,117
ED2 Equity drawerM MobileP PedestalA 6/6/12 configuration24 DepthC ‘‘K’’ series key117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color.
Interior drawer color on all modelsis black.
Note:In certain workstationconfigurations it may benecessary to slightly raiseworksurface height using panelconnector levelers to avoidinterference with mobilepedestals.
All pedestals include a lock.
Application Notes
Accessories:One hanging file channel bar isincluded with each 12� and 15�drawer.
One hanging file bar is includedwith each 12� and 15� drawer on thesuspended pedestal.
All models have recessed pulls andfull extension glides on 12� drawersand 3/4 extension glides on 6�drawers.
All mobile pedestals are counterweighted.
Each mobile pedestal has 5 casters.Front two casters are lockable. 5thcaster adds stability.
Suspended pedestals are designedto hang underneath 20� or 24�worksurfaces only.
Anti-tip:The double width pedestal is notcounter-weighted and has nointerlock mechanism installed. It isfor use under a completeworkstation and may not be used asa freestanding lateral file unit.
Equity
107
Ped
esta
lsan
dFi
les
Pedestal accessoriescenter drawer
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Pencil tray black 13� 51/2� 1� ED3PTN $38.clear 13� 51/2� 1� ED3PTC 45.
File support channel – – – ED2FSC 15.
Drawer divider, box – – – ED2DB 39.
Drawer divider, file – – – ED2DF 39.
Stationary inserts, box (4 trays) – – – ED2DST 213.
Center drawer 24� 175/8� 2� ED2CD 274.
Order Code
Example: ED3PT
ED3PT Pencil tray
Specification Information
Pencil tray:Four compartment molded plastictray.
File support channel:Aluminum bar with a standardclear anodized finish, whichallows for side-to-side filing in 15�and 12� pedestal drawers.
Drawer divider:20 gauge steel divider, Enamelfinish. 6�, 12�, and 15� drawersaccept a divider.
Application Notes
Center drawer:Attaches under a freestandingdesk or panel mountedworksurface 24� deep or deeper.Includes mounting hardware.Available in black only.
Stationary Inserts:To be used in box drawers only.
Equity
108
Corner shelvescurved and standard with grommets
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Curved corner shelves with grommet 24� 123/8� 123/8� ES2CC24G $545. $566. $582.30� 123/8� 123/8� ES2CC30G 618. 640. 658.36� 123/8� 123/8� ES2CC36G 662. 683. 699.42� 123/8� 123/8� ES2CC42G 704. 729. 742.48� 123/8� 123/8� ES2CC48G 734. 755. 771.
Standard corner shelves with grommet 24� 123/8� 123/8� ES2CS24G 545. 566. 582.30� 123/8� 123/8� ES2CS30G 618. 640. 658.36� 123/8� 123/8� ES2CS36G 662. 683. 699.42� 123/8� 123/8� ES2CS42G 704. 729. 742.48� 123/8� 123/8� ES2CS48G 734. 755. 771.
Order Code
Example: ES2CC42G, 117, 117,117
ES2 Equity shelfC CornerC Curved front42 42�widthG Grommet117 Soft Grey laminate117 Soft Grey edge117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify laminate, edge trim colorand end panel trim color.
Grommets included. Remove ‘‘G’’and subtract $20 from list price ifno grommet is desired.
Shelf consists of two diagonal steelend panels and a7/8� laminate shelf.Includes back corner supportbracket and reinforcement bar on42� and 48� sizes.
Applicationn Notes
Corner shelf mazimizes space abovea corner worksurfaces. Shelf is 12�in depth and is 21� deep at the frontdiagonal of the standard shelf and20� deep at the front diagonal of thecurved version.
Can be used to hold a small printeror other peripheral computerequipement.
Shelf can mount below a cornerworksurface configuration toprovide additional storage.
Note: Add 10% to the list pricewhen specifying a legacylaminate.
Equity
109
Cab
inet
san
dS
helv
es
Equity shelves and overhead cabinets
description type w d h pattern no. listgrade
10 20 25 30 35 40 45add for
P2add for
P3
Half height shelf 24� 123/8� 71/4� ES3OS24 $257. $15. $25.30� 123/8� 71/4� ES3OS30 284. 15. 25.36� 123/8� 71/4� ES3OS36 284. 15. 25.42� 123/8� 71/4� ES3OS42 295. 15. 25.48� 123/8� 71/4� ES3OS48 311. 15. 25.60� 123/8� 71/4� ES3OS60 334. 15. 25.72� 123/8� 71/4� ES3OS72 360. 15. 25.
Shelf 24� 123/8� 101/4� ES2OS24 213. 15. 25.30� 123/8� 101/4� ES2OS30 233. 15. 25.36� 123/8� 101/4� ES2OS36 233. 15. 25.42� 123/8� 101/4� ES2OS42 244. 15. 25.48� 123/8� 101/4� ES2OS48 255. 15. 25.60� 123/8� 101/4� ES2OS60 273. 15. 25.72� 123/8� 101/4� ES2OS72 295. 15. 25.
* 2 doors
Order Code
Example: ES2OS24, 117
ES2OS Shelf24 Width in inches117 Soft grey trim
Specification Information
Specify front surface, fabric orpainted and/or trim color.
Application Notes
Fabric on 72� single dooroverheads will be railroaded(turned 90�).
Open shelf: consisting of two steelend panels and one steel shelf.Cannot be converted to anenclosed cabinet.
Full front cabinet for storage,consisting of two end panels, a shelf,top and front.
Door uses heavy-duty ball bearinghinges to allow door to flip forwardand up and over top of cabinet. Canbe opened at an angle. Door rolls onglides for smooth, friction-freeoperation.
Note:Add 10% to the list price whenspecifying a legacy laminate.
Equity
110
Equity shelves and overhead cabinets
description type w d h pattern no. listgrade
10 20 25 30 35 40 45add for
P2add for
P3
Overhead cabinet Fabric 24� 121/2� 141/4� EC2OF24(C/A/AP) $546. $591. $600. $616. $629. $636. $653. $25. $50.30� 121/2� 141/4� EC2OF30(C/A/AP) 640. 694. 706. 727. 738. 750. 770. 25. 50.36� 121/2� 141/4� EC2OF36(C/A/AP) 640. 694. 706. 727. 738. 750. 770. 25. 50.42� 121/2� 141/4� EC2OF42(C/A/AP) 687. 740. 753. 774. 787. 804. 822. 25. 50.48� 121/2� 141/4� EC2OF48(C/A/AP) 732. 789. 806. 824. 841. 855. 879. 25. 50.60� 121/2� 141/4� EC2OF60(C/A/AP) 825. 891. 910. 934. 951. 967. 991. 25. 50.72� 121/2� 141/4� EC2OF72(C/A/AP) 918. 989. 1,005. 1,036. 1,054. 1,072. 1,098. 25. 50.72� 121/2� 141/4� EC2OF272(C/A/AP) * 1,112. 1,202. 1,225. 1,258. 1,281. 1,301. 1,335. 25. 50.
Painted 24� 121/2� 141/4� EC2OP24(C/A/AP) 552. 25. 50.30� 121/2� 141/4� EC2OP30(C/A/AP) 625. 25. 50.36� 121/2� 141/4� EC2OP36(C/A/AP) 625. 25. 50.42� 121/2� 141/4� EC2OP42(C/A/AP) 696. 25. 50.48� 121/2� 141/4� EC2OP48(C/A/AP) 735. 25. 50.60� 121/2� 141/4� EC2OP60(C/A/AP) 838. 25. 50.72� 121/2� 141/4� EC2OP72(C/A/AP) 921. 25. 50.72� 121/2� 141/4� EC2OP272(C/A/AP) * 1,118. 25. 50.
* 2 doors
Order Code
Example: ES2OS24, 117
ES2OS Shelf24 Width in inches117 Soft grey trim
Specification Information
Specify front surface, fabric orpainted and/or trim color.
Application Notes
Fabric on 72� single dooroverheads will be railroaded(turned 90�).
Open shelf: consisting of two steelend panels and one steel shelf.Cannot be converted to anenclosed cabinet.
Full front cabinet for storage,consisting of two end panels, a shelf,top and front.
Door uses heavy-duty ball bearinghinges to allow door to flip forwardand up and over top of cabinet. Canbe opened at an angle. Door rolls onglides for smooth, friction-freeoperation.
Note:Add 10% to the list price whenspecifying a legacy laminate.
Equity
111
Cab
inet
san
dS
helv
es
Equity shelves and overhead cabinettop and front assembliesundercabinet shelf assemblies
description type w d h pattern no. list
Overhead Back Stop(dark grey only)
24� EC2BS24 $5.30� EC2BS30 5.36� EC2BS36 5.42� EC2BS42 9.48� EC2BS48 9.60� EC2BS60 14.72� EC2BS72 14.
Order Code
Example: EC2ES24, 117
EC2ES Shelf24 Width in inches117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify front surface, fabric orpainted and/or trim color.
Application Notes
Equity
112
Equity overhead cabinet backEquity to Currents downmount and upmount brackets
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Overhead cabinet back 24� 5/8� 14� EC2CB24 $175. $184. $190.30� 5/8� 14� EC2CB30 193. 202. 211.36� 5/8� 14� EC2CB36 193. 202. 211.42� 5/8� 14� EC2CB42 202. 211. 217.48� 5/8� 14� EC2CB48 211. 217. 224.60� 5/8� 14� EC2CB60 238. 247. 254.72� 5/8� 14� EC2CB72 271. 279. 287.
Shelf backs 24� EC2SB24 175. 184. 190.30� EC2SB30 193. 202. 211.36� EC2SB36 193. 202. 211.42� EC2SB42 202. 211. 217.48� EC2SB48 211. 217. 224.60� EC2SB60 238. 247. 254.72� EC2SB72 271. 279. 287.
Shelf divider(dark grey only)
2� 9� 6� EC2SD 122. n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: EC2CB24, 117
EC2CB Overhead cabinet back24 Width in inches117 Soft Grey trim
Specification Information
Specify trim color.
Upmount or downmount bracket:When using the upmounted ordownmount brackets you mustspecify cabinet backs. Additionally,coordinate your selection ofupmount bracket with the Equitypanels, and the Currents Add-uppanels that you specify. Thesecomponents are part of the Currentsproduct offering. Current discountand lead-time apply.
Two downmount brackets arerequired to support a singleoverhead. Two side-by-sideoverheads may be supported byusing only three downmountbrackets due to their double slotteddesign.
Application Notes
Cabinet Backs:Designed as an option to provideadded security to an overheadcabinet, especially when used withan open frame panel. Also providesa more finished look when cabinet isused on a glazed panel.
Constructed of stamped steel with apainted finish to match cabinet trim.
Tabs on each end of unit attach toslotted standards and the flangedtop edge engages with the top edgeof the cabinet.
Not compatible with Freestandingoverhead cabinets.
Upmount bracket:By specifying one of these twooptions standard Equity overheadcabinets can be mounted onCurrents.
Overhead cabinet back must bespecified when mounting Equityoverhead cabinets on a Currentswall.
The Equity overhead bracketattaches an Equity overhead to theCurrents wall. A back must bespecified for the Equity overheadwhen mounting on a Currents wall.
*For pricing and discounting referto the Currents price list.
† Leadtimes will be consistent withStandard Currents publishedlead-times.
Shelf divider:Provides horizontal subdivision.Constructed of steel. Fits bothstandard and EDP shelves andcabinets. Shipped four per package.
Available in dark grey only.
Equity
113
Cab
inet
san
dS
helv
es
Tackboard for panels
description type w d h pattern no.grade
10 20 25 30 35 40 45
Tackboard 14� high 24� 7/8� 14� EP1TB2414 $148. $158. $162. $168. $171. $173. $176.30� 7/8� 14� EP1TB3014 148. 158. 162. 168. 171. 173. 176.36� 7/8� 14� EP1TB3614 148. 158. 162. 168. 171. 173. 176.42� 7/8� 14� EP1TB4214 171. 184. 188. 191. 193. 199. 205.48� 7/8� 14� EP1TB4814 197. 213. 216. 221. 225. 229. 235.60� 7/8� 14� EP1TB6014 260. 284. 289. 295. 302. 308. 318.
19� high 24� 7/8� 19� EP1TB2419 207. 221. 225. 232. 235. 240. 247.30� 7/8� 19� EP1TB3019 217. 234. 238. 245. 251. 254. 258.36� 7/8� 19� EP1TB3619 253. 272. 276. 286. 291. 294. 302.42� 7/8� 19� EP1TB4219 284. 307. 311. 321. 326. 332. 339.48� 7/8� 19� EP1TB4819 342. 372. 377. 388. 395. 402. 413.60� 7/8� 19� EP1TB6019 355. 380. 391. 399. 406. 414. 426.
28� high 24� 7/8� 28� EP1TB2428 261. 286. 291. 296. 303. 309. 319.30� 7/8� 28� EP1TB3028 261. 286. 291. 296. 303. 309. 319.36� 7/8� 28� EP1TB3628 261. 286. 291. 296. 303. 309. 319.42� 7/8� 28� EP1TB4228 286. 308. 312. 322. 328. 334. 341.48� 7/8� 28� EP1TB4828 307. 330. 336. 345. 353. 357. 365.60� 7/8� 28� EP1TB6028 367. 396. 404. 414. 421. 430. 441.
40� high 24� 7/8� 40� EP1TB2440 369. 397. 405. 417. 426. 433. 443.30� 7/8� 40� EP1TB3040 369. 397. 405. 417. 426. 433. 443.36� 7/8� 40� EP1TB3640 369. 397. 405. 417. 426. 433. 443.42� 7/8� 40� EP1TB4240 401. 434. 441. 454. 462. 470. 481.48� 7/8� 40� EP1TB4840 428. 459. 470. 483. 489. 498. 511.60� 7/8� 40� EP1TB6040 476. 514. 524. 540. 548. 558. 572.
Order Code
Example: EP1TB4828,S812
EP1TB Tackboard48 Width28 HeightS812 Saxony Opal fabric
Specification Information
Specify fabric color.
Application Notes
Specify in areas where heavytacking applicaiton is required.
Solid core construction will easilyaccept T-pins, push pins andthumbtacks.
Clips attach unit to slottedstandards.
Equity
114
Task Lights
description type w d h pattern no. list
T5 Standard Task Light Use with 24� and wider overhead 19� 4� 11/2� EL4T5E19S $249.Use with 30� and wider overhead 25� 4� 11/2� EL4T5E25A 258.Use with 42� and wider overhead 37� 4� 11/2� EL4T5E37S 264.Use with 60� and wider overhead 49� 4� 11/2� EL4T5E49S 280.
T5 Advanced Task Light Use with 30� and wider overhead 25� 4� 11/2� EL4T5E25S 486.Use with 42� and wider overhead 37� 4� 11/2� EL4T5E37A 507.Use with 60� and wider overhead 49� 4� 11/2� EL4T5E49A 535.
LED Task Light Use with 24� and wider overhead (3 LED’s) 19� 2� 5/8� EL4L193M 320.Use with 24� and wider overhead (6 LED’s) 19� 2� 5/8� EL4L196M 405.Use with 24� and wider overhead (9 LED’s) 19� 2� 5/8� EL4L199M 551.Use with 42� and wider overhead (6 LED’s) 37� 2� 5/8� EL4L376M 647.Use with 42� and wider overhead (12 LED’s) 37� 2� 5/8� EL4L3712M 731.Use with 42� and wider overhead (18 LED’s) 37� 2� 5/8� EL4L3718M 905.
LED Task Light(for use with corner shelf only)
Use with 24� and wider overhead (3 LED’s) 19� 2� 5/8� EL4L193W 320.Use with 24� and wider overhead (6 LED’s) 19� 2� 5/8� EL4L196W 405.Use with 24� and wider overhead (9 LED’s) 19� 2� 5/8� EL4L199W 551.Use with 42� and wider overhead (6 LED’s) 37� 2� 5/8� EL4L376W 647.Use with 42� and wider overhead (12 LED’s) 37� 2� 5/8� EL4L3712W 731.Use with 42� and wider overhead (18 LED’s) 37� 2� 5/8� EL4L3718W 905.
Brackets for EDP overhead EL4EDB 13.
Order Code
T5 Standard Task Light
Example: EL4T5E19S
EL4 Task LightT5 T5 lampE Electronic ballast19 WidthS StandardLED Task Light
Example: EL4L193M
EL4 Task LightL LED19 Width3 # of LED’sM Metal Overhead
Attachment
Specification Information
T5 Task Lights:120v and includes T5 cool white(4100K) fluorescent lamp,electronic ballast, 9� groundedcordset, prismatic lens, rockerswitch, one cord exit managementclip and mounting hardware.Housings are black.
LED Task Lights:Includes LED’s, power supply with12’ cord and mounting hardware.Housings are clear anodizedaluminum with grey color end-caps.
Application Notes
T5 Task Lights:Specify suffix -CH and add $45 listfor City of Chicago installations.Example: DL3T5E25S-CH
Cordset is center exit. On smallerunits cord exit is off-center, but stillnot handed.
T5 advanced task lights are fittedwith ballasts and lamps compliantwith LEED requirements, meetingthe LEED EB standard for mercurycontent.
LED Task Lights:Power cord is able to attach to eitherend of fixture.
Notes:All task lights mount into the recessin the underside of overheadcabinets and shelves at least 6�wider than task light width.
All task lights are TCLP compliantand meet requirements of CaliforniaTitle 20 and Title 24.
Equity
115
Cab
inet
san
dS
helv
es
Wall Mounting Suggestions The following information is provided only as a guide, and represents minimum recommendations only. Knoll does not accept responsibility for the attachment of any Knoll product to a Customer’s site wall. Wall specification/construction is the responsibility of the Customer and its structural engineer/architect. Failure to properly attach Knoll products to adequate wall structures can lead to property damage and/or personal injury.
You should consult your own structural engineers and/or architects and must not rely on the information provided herein.
It is the responsibility of the Customer and its structural engineers/architects to verify that the permanent structural walls (studs, blocks, solid masonry, etc.) on which the Knoll products are intended to be mounted are designed appropriately to support the product weight, PLUS 3 lbs. per linear inch for each useable shelf length
NOTE: A cabinet’s top is considered a “useable shelf” and MUST be included in the calculation of the total load for an overhead cabinet.
It is the responsibility of the Customer and its structural engineer/architects to specify the fasteners and method for attaching the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, bracket, frame, etc. to the supporting wall and to confirm that the installers have adhered to these specifications. For all local building standards and codes, and additional requirements (including, but not limited to, seismic conditions) the Customer should always consult local code agencies.
Wall Mounting of Knoll Products Equity
116
NEW CONSTRUCTION
Cinder Block or Poured Concrete Masonry Wall
Wood Stud Wall, the studs being FULL HEIGHT to the roof/floor above
Wood Stud Wall, the studs being only Ceiling Height
Steel Stud Wall, the studs being FULL HEIGHT to the roof/floor above
Steel Stud Wall, the studs being only Ceiling Height
Stud Specification
Wood studs, grade #2 or better, 3 1/2" minimum width, OR Metal studs, minimum 25 gage thickness, 3 5/8" minimum width
The wall must be a minimum of 6" thick, and must be full height to the roof/floor structure above
Wood studs must be Grade #2, or better, 3 1/2" minimum width
Wood studs must be Grade #2, or better, 3 1/2" minimum width
Metal studs must be minimum 25 gage thickness, 3 5/8" minimum width
Metal studs must be minimum 25 gage thickness, 3 5/8" minimum width
Stud Centers
Metal and wood studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum
N/A Wood studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum
Wood studs must be spaced at 16"" c/c maximum"
Metal studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum
Metal studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum
Stud Height
Metal and wood studs must extend upwards, and be securely attached to the roof/floor structure above
Wood studs must be braced above the ceiling, and be securely attached to the roof/floor structure above
Affix #2 grade 'cap' across the top of the studs, then place diagonal studs from the top cap up to underside of the roof/floor structure above
Metal studs must be braced above the ceiling, and be securely attached to the roof/floor structure above
Affix metal bracing 'cap' across the top of the studs, then place diagonal studs from the top cap up to underside of the roof / floor structure above
Mounting the Knoll Supplied Cleat, Bracket, Frame, etc*
Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, [or a DanbackTM flexible wood backing system] horizontally between each of the studs to accommodate the full width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.
Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block. (Fasten the Danback™ as directed by the manufacturer)
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, bracket, frame, etc directly to each wood block every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.
Fasten the Knoll supplied cabinet wall mounting cleat, bracket, frame, etc. directly to the masonry wall every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wall every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to the wall every 16"
In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.
Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, horizontally between each of the exposed studs.
Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.
Replace the drywall and repair as desired.
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.
In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.
Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, horizontally between each of the exposed studs.
Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.
Replace the drywall and repair as desired.
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.
In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.
Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, [or a Danback™ flexible wood backing system] horizontally between each of the exposed studs.
Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.
Replace the drywall and repair as desired.
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.
In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.
Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, [or a Danback™ flexible wood backing system] horizontally between each of the exposed studs.
Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.
Replace the drywall and repair as desired.
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.
*Graham Wall Hung Shelf
The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket
This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting brackets directly to the masonry wall, using the holes provided in each bracket
The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket
This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above
The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket
This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above
The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket
This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above
The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket
This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall cleat with...
#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking
3/16" x 3 1/2" Tapcon Masonry Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c with
1-1/4" embedment, screwed directly into the masonry wall
#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking
#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking
#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking
#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking
EXISTING CONSTRUCTION
Wall Mounting of Knoll Products Equity
117
pattern no. page
AA1EPS40 48
AA1EPS48 48
AA1EPS53 48
AA1EPS60 48
AA1EPS65 48
AA3EPS41 49
AA3EPS49 49
AA3EPS54 49
AA3EPS61 49
AA3EPS64 49
APT 48, 49
AX1E40 48
AX1E48 48
AX1E53 48
AX1E60 48
AX1E65 48
AX1EET39(T,R,L) 48, 49
AX1EET48(T,R,L) 48, 49
AX1EET64(T,R,L) 48, 49
AX1EGF11 48, 49
AX1EGF16 48, 49
AX1EGF24 48, 49
AX1EGF4 48, 49
AX3E41 49
AX3E49 49
AX3E54 49
AX3E61 49
AX3E64 49
EB1APW 95
EB1C20L 95
EB1C20L10 95
EB1C20R 95
EB1C20R10 95
EB1DEP20 95
EB1DEP24 95
EB1DEP30 95
EB1F24 90, 103
EB1F24 ** 95
EB1F30 103
EB1F30 ** 95
EB1FCOL 81, 103
EB1PWS(L/R) 95
EB1SRL 81, 95
EB1SRL10 81, 95
EB1SRS 81, 95
EB1SRS10 81, 95
EB3C18L60 90
EB3C18L90 90
EB3C18R60 90
EB3C18R90 90
EC1VWM80 64
EC2BS24 112
EC2BS30 112
EC2BS36 112
EC2BS42 112
EC2BS48 112
EC2BS60 112
EC2BS72 112
EC2CB24 113
EC2CB30 113
EC2CB36 113
pattern no. page
EC2CB42 113
EC2CB48 113
EC2CB60 113
EC2CB72 113
EC2OF24(C/A/AP) 111
EC2OF272(C/A/AP) 111
EC2OF30(C/A/AP) 111
EC2OF36(C/A/AP) 111
EC2OF42(C/A/AP) 111
EC2OF48(C/A/AP) 111
EC2OF60(C/A/AP) 111
EC2OF72(C/A/AP) 111
EC2OP24(C/A/AP) 111
EC2OP272(C/A/AP) 111
EC2OP30(C/A/AP) 111
EC2OP36(C/A/AP) 111
EC2OP42(C/A/AP) 111
EC2OP48(C/A/AP) 111
EC2OP60(C/A/AP) 111
EC2OP72(C/A/AP) 111
EC2SB24 113
EC2SB30 113
EC2SB36 113
EC2SB42 113
EC2SB48 113
EC2SB60 113
EC2SB72 113
EC2SD 113
ECE1BD6648D(L/R) 84
ECE1BD6648S(L/R) 84
ECE1BD7248D(L/R) 84
ECE1BD7248S(L/R) 84
ECE1BD7848D(L/R) 84
ECE1BD7848S(L/R) 84
ECE1BD8448D(L/R) 84
ECE1BD8448S(L/R) 84
ECE1CR24L/R 87
ECE1CR24N 87
ECE1H4818P 87
ECE1H4818PC 87
ECE1H4818PE 87
ECE1H6024P 87
ECE1H6024PC 87
ECE1H6024PE 87
ECE1L3636SSN 85
ECE1L4242DSN 85
ECE1L4242SDN 85
ECE1L4242SSN 85
ECE1L4260SS 86
ECE1L4266SS 86
ECE1L4272SS 86
ECE1L4278SS 86
ECE1L4848DDN 85
ECE1L4848DSN 85
ECE1L4848SDN 85
ECE1L4848SSN 85
ECE1L4860DS 86
ECE1L4860SD 86
ECE1L4860SS 86
ECE1L4866DS 86
ECE1L4866SD 86
pattern no. page
ECE1L4866SS 86
ECE1L4872DS 86
ECE1L4872SD 86
ECE1L4872SS 86
ECE1L4878SS 86
ECE1L4884SS 86
ECE1L6042SS 86
ECE1L6048DS 86
ECE1L6048SD 86
ECE1L6048SS 86
ECE1L6642SS 86
ECE1L6648DS 86
ECE1L6648SD 86
ECE1L6648SS 86
ECE1L7242SS 86
ECE1L7248DS 86
ECE1L7248SD 86
ECE1L7248SS 86
ECE1L7842SS 86
ECE1L7848SS 86
ECE1L8448SS 86
ECE1R1212G 83
ECE1R2424N 83
ECE1R2430N 83
ECE1R3024N 83
ECE1R3030N 83
ECE1R3624N 83
ECE1R3630N 83
ECE1R4224N 83
ECE1R4230N 83
ECE1R4824N 83
ECE1R4830N 83
ECE1R5424N 83
ECE1R5430N 83
ECE1R6024N 83
ECE1R6030N 83
ECE1R6624N 83
ECE1R6630N 83
ECE1R7224N 83
ECE1R7230N 83
ECE1R7824N 83
ECE1R7830N 83
ECE1R8424N 83
ECE1R8430N 83
ECE1R9024N 83
ECE1R9030N 83
ECE1R9624N 83
ECE1R9630N 83
ECE1W34824G 88
ECE1W362430N 88
ECE1W363024N 88
ECE1W422430N 88
ECE1W423024N 88
ECE1W482430N 88
ECE1W483024N 88
ECE1W722430N 88
ECE1W723024N 88
ED2CD 108
ED2DB 108
ED2DF 108
ED2DST 108
pattern no. page
ED2DW30C 107
ED2FSC 108
ED2MPA18C 106
ED2MPA24C 106
ED2MPB18C 106
ED2MPB24C 106
ED2PA24C 105
ED2PA30C 105
ED2PB24C 105
ED2PB30C 105
ED2SPA18C 106
ED2SPA24C 106
ED2SPB18C 106
ED2SPB24C 106
ED2SPF24C 106
ED3PTC 108
ED3PTN 108
EE15BR 57, 62
EE1BI-10 55
EE1BI-10N 55
EE1BI-10SF 55
EE1BI72-10 55
EE1BI72-10SF 55
EE1BI72-8 55
EE1BI72-8SF 55
EE1BI72-(N3/N4) 59
EE1BI72-(N3/N4)SF 59
EE1BI-8 55
EE1BI-8N 55
EE1BI-8SF 55
EE1BIJ-10 55
EE1BIJ-10G 55
EE1BIJ-8 55
EE1BIJ-8G 55
EE1BI-(N3/N4) 59
EE1BI-(N3/N4)SF 59
EE1C102-(8 /10) 56
EE1C102-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C105-(8 /10) 56
EE1C105-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C108-(8 /10) 56
EE1C108-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C111-(8 /10) 56
EE1C111-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C114-(8 /10) 56
EE1C114-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C120-(8 /10) 56
EE1C120-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C126-(8 /10) 56
EE1C126-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C132-(8 /10) 56
EE1C132-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C144-(8 /10) 56
EE1C144-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C18-(8 /10) 56
EE1C18-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C21-(8 /10) 56
EE1C21-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C24-(8 /10) 56
EE1C24-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C27-(8 /10) 56
Alpha-Numeric Index
118
pattern no. page
EE1C27-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C30-(8 /10) 56
EE1C30-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C33-(8 /10) 56
EE1C33-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C36-(8 /10) 56
EE1C36-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C39-(8 /10) 56
EE1C39-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C42-(8 /10) 56
EE1C42-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C45-(8 /10) 56
EE1C45-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C48-(8 /10) 56
EE1C48-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C51-(8 /10) 56
EE1C51-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C54-(8 /10) 56
EE1C54-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C57-(8 /10) 56
EE1C57-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C60-(8 /10) 56
EE1C60-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C63-(8 /10) 56
EE1C63-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C66-(8 /10) 56
EE1C66-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C69-(8 /10) 56
EE1C69-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C72-(8 /10) 56
EE1C72-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C75-(8 /10) 56
EE1C75-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C78-(8 /10) 56
EE1C78-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C81-(8 /10) 56
EE1C81-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C84-(8 /10) 56
EE1C84-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C87-(8 /10) 56
EE1C87-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C90-(8 /10) 56
EE1C90-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C93-(8 /10) 56
EE1C93-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C96-(8 /10) 56
EE1C96-(N3/N4) 58
EE1C99-(8 /10) 56
EE1C99-(N3/N4) 58
EE1CF18(8/10) 57
EE1CF24(8/10) 57
EE1CF30(8/10) 57
EE1CH-10 53
EE1CH-8 53
EE1CM40M 53
EE1CM48M 53
EE1CM53M 53
EE1CM60M 53
EE1CM65M 53
EE1CM80M 53
EE1KC 63
EE1KC10 63
EE1R1 57
EE1R1 P10 57
EE1R2 57
pattern no. page
EE1R2 P10 57
EE1R3 57
EE1R3 P10 57
EE1R3D 57
EE1R3D P10 57
EE1R4D 57
EE1R4D P10 57
EE1R5D 57
EE1R5D P10 57
EE1R6D 57
EE1R6D P10 57
EE1RIIIN 59
EE1RIIIN P10 59
EE1RIIN 59
EE1RIIN P10 59
EE1RIN 59
EE1RIN P10 59
EE1RIVN 59
EE1RIVN P10 59
EE1SMRB10 57
EE1TB(8/10) 57
EE1TB-(N3/N4) 59
EE3CM41M 54
EE3CM49M 54
EE3CM54M 54
EE3CM61M 54
EE3CM64M 54
EE3CM81M 54
EE4WSMC 63
EE4WSME108 63
EE4WSME72 63
EE4WSMED108 63
EE4WSMED72 63
EF1C3624 101
EF1C3630 101
EF1C4224 101
EF1C4230 101
EF1C4824 101
EF1C4830 101
EF1D4830 101
EF1D4836 101
EF1D6030 101
EF1D6036 101
EF1D7230 101
EF1D7236 101
EF1D8430 101
EF1D8436 101
EF1HR4830 102
EF1HR6030 102
EF1(P/9)7230 101
EF1(P/9)7236 101
EF1(P/9)8430 101
EF1(P/9)8436 101
EF2B3624-2 99
EF2B4224-2 99
EF2B4824-2 99
EF2BPB36 103
EF2BPB42 103
EF2BPB48 103
EF2BPB72 103
EF2BPC12 104
EF2BPC18 104
EF2BPD60 103
EF2BPD66 103
EF2BPD72 103
pattern no. page
EF2BPR36 103
EF2BPR42 103
EF2BPR48 103
EF2BPR60 103
EF2DD6024D2(C) 98
EF2DD6030D2(C) 98
EF2DD6624D2(C) 98
EF2DD6630D2(C) 98
EF2DD7224D2(C) 98
EF2DD7230D2(C) 98
EF2EP24 103
EF2EP30 103
EF2EPI15 104
EF2EPT30 103
EF2EPT36 103
EF2ER3624-2 99
EF2ER4224-2 99
EF2ER4824-2 99
EF2ER6024-2 99
EF2OD36 100
EF2OD42 100
EF2OD48 100
EF2OD60 100
EF2OD72 100
EF2OF272(C) 100
EF2OF36(C) 100
EF2OF42(C) 100
EF2OF48(C) 100
EF2OF60(C) 100
EF2OF72(C) 100
EF2OP272(C) 100
EF2OP36(C) 100
EF2OP42(C) 100
EF2OP48(C) 100
EF2OP60(C) 100
EF2OP72(C) 100
EF2PR3624B2(C) 99
EF2PR4224B2(C) 99
EF2PR4824B2(C) 99
EF2PR6024B2(C) 99
EF2PS36 100
EF2PS42 100
EF2PS48 100
EF2PS60 100
EF2PS72 100
EF2SD6024A2(C) 98
EF2SD6030A2(C) 98
EF2SD6624A2(C) 98
EF2SD6630A2(C) 98
EF2SD7224A2(C) 98
EF2SD7230A2(C) 98
EL4EDB 115
EL4L193M 115
EL4L193W 115
EL4L196M 115
EL4L196W 115
EL4L199M 115
EL4L199W 115
EL4L3712M 115
EL4L3712W 115
EL4L3718M 115
EL4L3718W 115
EL4L376M 115
EL4L376W 115
EL4T5E19S 115
pattern no. page
EL4T5E25A 115
EL4T5E25S 115
EL4T5E37A 115
EL4T5E37S 115
EL4T5E49A 115
EL4T5E49S 115
EP1CG12 65
EP1CH 65
EP1CHG 65
EP1DP2840 19
EP1DP2848 19
EP1DP2853 19
EP1DP2860 19
EP1DP2865 19
EP1DP2880 19
EP1DP4048 19
EP1DP4053 19
EP1DP4060 19
EP1DP4065 19
EP1DP4080 19
EP1DP4853 19
EP1DP4860 19
EP1DP4865 19
EP1DP4880 19
EP1DP5360 19
EP1DP5365 19
EP1DP5380 19
EP1DP6065 19
EP1DP6080 19
EP1DP6580 19
EP1FA1228R 12
EP1FA1240R 12
EP1FA1248R 12
EP1FA1253R 13
EP1FA1260R 13
EP1FA1265R 13
EP1FA1280R 13
EP1FA1828R 12
EP1FA1840R 12
EP1FA1848R 12
EP1FA1853R 13
EP1FA1860R 13
EP1FA1865R 13
EP1FA1880R 13
EP1FA2428R 12
EP1FA2440R 12
EP1FA2448R 12
EP1FA2453R 13
EP1FA2460R 13
EP1FA2465R 13
EP1FA2480R 13
EP1FA3028R 12
EP1FA3040R 12
EP1FA3048R 12
EP1FA3053R 13
EP1FA3060R 13
EP1FA3065R 13
EP1FA3080R 13
EP1FA3628R 12
EP1FA3640R 12
EP1FA3648R 12
EP1FA3653R 13
EP1FA3660R 13
EP1FA3665R 13
EP1FA3680R 13
Equity
119
pattern no. page
EP1FA4228R 12
EP1FA4240R 12
EP1FA4248R 12
EP1FA4253R 13
EP1FA4260R 13
EP1FA4265R 13
EP1FA4280R 13
EP1FA4828R 12
EP1FA4840R 12
EP1FA4848R 12
EP1FA4853R 13
EP1FA4860R 13
EP1FA4865R 13
EP1FA4880R 13
EP1FA6028R 12
EP1FA6040R 12
EP1FA6048R 12
EP1FA6053R 13
EP1FA6060R 13
EP1FA6065R 13
EP1FA6080R 13
EP1P28 21
EP1P28E 17
EP1P28L 17
EP1P28S 17
EP1P28T 18
EP1P28X 18
EP1P28Y 18
EP1P40 21
EP1P40E 17
EP1P40L 17
EP1P40S 17
EP1P40T 18
EP1P40X 18
EP1P40Y 18
EP1P48 21
EP1P48E 17
EP1P48L 17
EP1P48S 17
EP1P48T 18
EP1P48X 18
EP1P48Y 18
EP1P53 21
EP1P53E 17
EP1P53L 17
EP1P53S 17
EP1P53T 18
EP1P53X 18
EP1P53Y 18
EP1P60 21
EP1P60E 17
EP1P60L 17
EP1P60S 17
EP1P60T 18
EP1P60X 18
EP1P60Y 18
EP1P65 21
EP1P65E 17
EP1P65L 17
EP1P65S 17
EP1P65T 18
EP1P65X 18
EP1P65Y 18
EP1P80 21
EP1P80E 17
pattern no. page
EP1P80L 17
EP1P80S 17
EP1P80T 18
EP1P80X 18
EP1P80Y 18
EP1PCA 22
EP1PCEP 22
EP1PCEPK 22
EP1PCL 22
EP1PCLK 22
EP1PCMF 22
EP1PCS 22
EP1PCT 22
EP1PCTF 22
EP1PCX 22
EP1PCY 22
EP1PE3640R 23
EP1PE3648R 23
EP1PE3653R 23
EP1PE3660R 23
EP1PE3665R 23
EP1PE3680R 23
EP1PE4840R 23
EP1PE4848R 23
EP1PE4853R 23
EP1PE4860R 23
EP1PE4865R 23
EP1PE4880R 23
EP1PE6040R 23
EP1PE6048R 23
EP1PE6053R 23
EP1PE6060R 23
EP1PE6065R 23
EP1PE6080R 23
EP1PLUG 22
EP1PWS28 16
EP1PWS40 16
EP1PWS48 16
EP1PWS53 16
EP1PWS60 16
EP1PWS65 16
EP1PWS80 16
EP1SEP 22
EP1SEPK 22
EP1SF1212 43
EP1SF1212N 45
EP1SF1213 43
EP1SF1213N 45
EP1SF1215 43
EP1SF1215N 45
EP1SF1217 43
EP1SF1217N 45
EP1SF1220 44
EP1SF1220N 46
EP1SF1225N 46
EP1SF1232N 46
EP1SF1237N 46
EP1SF1812 43
EP1SF1812N 45
EP1SF1813 43
EP1SF1813N 45
EP1SF1815 43
EP1SF1815N 45
EP1SF1817 43
EP1SF1817N 45
pattern no. page
EP1SF1820 44
EP1SF1820N 46
EP1SF1825N 46
EP1SF1832N 46
EP1SF1837N 46
EP1SF2412 43
EP1SF2412N 45
EP1SF2413 43
EP1SF2413N 45
EP1SF2415 43
EP1SF2415N 45
EP1SF2417 43
EP1SF2417N 45
EP1SF2420 44
EP1SF2420N 46
EP1SF2425N 46
EP1SF2432N 46
EP1SF2437N 46
EP1SF3012 43
EP1SF3012N 45
EP1SF3013 43
EP1SF3013N 45
EP1SF3015 43
EP1SF3015N 45
EP1SF3017 43
EP1SF3017N 45
EP1SF3020 44
EP1SF3020N 46
EP1SF3025N 46
EP1SF3032N 46
EP1SF3037N 46
EP1SF3612 43
EP1SF3612N 45
EP1SF3613 43
EP1SF3613N 45
EP1SF3615 43
EP1SF3615N 45
EP1SF3617 43
EP1SF3617N 45
EP1SF3620 44
EP1SF3620N 46
EP1SF3625N 46
EP1SF3632N 46
EP1SF3637N 46
EP1SF4212 43
EP1SF4212N 45
EP1SF4213 43
EP1SF4213N 45
EP1SF4215 43
EP1SF4215N 45
EP1SF4217 43
EP1SF4217N 45
EP1SF4220 44
EP1SF4220N 46
EP1SF4225N 46
EP1SF4232N 46
EP1SF4237N 46
EP1SF4812 43
EP1SF4812N 45
EP1SF4813 43
EP1SF4813N 45
EP1SF4815 43
EP1SF4815N 45
EP1SF4817 43
EP1SF4817N 45
pattern no. page
EP1SF4820 44
EP1SF4820N 46
EP1SF4825N 46
EP1SF4832N 46
EP1SF4837N 46
EP1SF6012 43
EP1SF6012N 45
EP1SF6013 43
EP1SF6013N 45
EP1SF6015 43
EP1SF6015N 45
EP1SF6017 43
EP1SF6017N 45
EP1SF6020 44
EP1SF6020N 46
EP1SF6025N 46
EP1SF6032N 46
EP1SF6037N 46
EP1SI120 22
EP1SL 22
EP1SLK 22
EP1SO120 22
EP1SO135 22
EP1SPC12 47
EP1SPC12E 47
EP1SPC13 47
EP1SPC13E 47
EP1SPC15 47
EP1SPC15E 47
EP1SPC17 47
EP1SPC17E 47
EP1SPC20 47
EP1SPC20E 47
EP1SPC25 47
EP1SPC25E 47
EP1SPC32 47
EP1SPC32E 47
EP1SPC37 47
EP1SPC37E 47
EP1SS 22
EP1TB2414 114
EP1TB2419 114
EP1TB2428 114
EP1TB2440 114
EP1TB3014 114
EP1TB3019 114
EP1TB3028 114
EP1TB3040 114
EP1TB3614 114
EP1TB3619 114
EP1TB3628 114
EP1TB3640 114
EP1TB4214 114
EP1TB4219 114
EP1TB4228 114
EP1TB4240 114
EP1TB4814 114
EP1TB4819 114
EP1TB4828 114
EP1TB4840 114
EP1TB6014 114
EP1TB6019 114
EP1TB6028 114
EP1TB6040 114
EP1TP284048 20
Equity
120
pattern no. page
EP1TP284053 20
EP1TP284060 20
EP1TP284065 20
EP1TP284080 20
EP1TP284853 20
EP1TP284860 20
EP1TP284865 20
EP1TP284880 20
EP1TP285360 20
EP1TP285365 20
EP1TP285380 20
EP1TP286065 20
EP1TP286080 20
EP1TP286580 20
EP1TP404853 20
EP1TP404860 20
EP1TP404865 20
EP1TP404880 20
EP1TP405360 20
EP1TP405365 20
EP1TP405380 20
EP1TP406065 20
EP1TP406080 20
EP1TP406580 20
EP1TP485360 20
EP1TP485365 20
EP1TP485380 20
EP1TP486065 20
EP1TP486080 20
EP1TP486580 20
EP1TP536065 20
EP1TP536080 20
EP1TP536580 20
EP1TP606580 20
EP1WMC120 16
EP1WMC28 16
EP1WMC40 16
EP1WMC48 16
EP1WMC53 16
EP1WMC60 16
EP1WMC65 16
EP1WMC80 16
EP2 14, 15
EP2S 39, 40, 41, 42
EP3 26, 27
EP3AOPG1215 37
EP3AOPG1815 37
EP3AOPG2415 37
EP3AOPG3015 37
EP3AOPG3615 37
EP3AOPG4215 37
EP3AOPG4815 37
EP3AOPG6015 37
EP3DP2941 33
EP3DP2949 33
EP3DP2954 33
EP3DP2961 33
EP3DP2964 33
EP3DP2981 33
EP3DP4149 33
EP3DP4154 33
EP3DP4161 33
EP3DP4164 33
EP3DP4181 33
EP3DP4954 33
pattern no. page
EP3DP4961 33
EP3DP4964 33
EP3DP4981 33
EP3DP5461 33
EP3DP5464 33
EP3DP5481 33
EP3DP6164 33
EP3DP6181 33
EP3DP6481 33
EP3ETK29 32
EP3ETK41 32
EP3ETK49 32
EP3ETK54 32
EP3ETK61 32
EP3ETK64 32
EP3ETK81 32
EP3FA1229(K/N) 24
EP3FA1241(K/N) 24
EP3FA1249(K/N) 24
EP3FA1254(K/N) 24
EP3FA1261(K/N) 25
EP3FA1264(K/N) 25
EP3FA1281(K/N) 25
EP3FA1829(K/N) 24
EP3FA1841(K/N) 24
EP3FA1849(K/N) 24
EP3FA1854(K/N) 24
EP3FA1861(K/N) 25
EP3FA1864(K/N) 25
EP3FA1881(K/N) 25
EP3FA2429(K/N) 24
EP3FA2441(K/N) 24
EP3FA2449(K/N) 24
EP3FA2454(K/N) 24
EP3FA2461(K/N) 25
EP3FA2464(K/N) 25
EP3FA2481(K/N) 25
EP3FA3029(K/N) 24
EP3FA3041(K/N) 24
EP3FA3049(K/N) 24
EP3FA3054(K/N) 24
EP3FA3061(K/N) 25
EP3FA3064(K/N) 25
EP3FA3081(K/N) 25
EP3FA3629(K/N) 24
EP3FA3641(K/N) 24
EP3FA3649(K/N) 24
EP3FA3654(K/N) 24
EP3FA3661(K/N) 25
EP3FA3664(K/N) 25
EP3FA3681(K/N) 25
EP3FA4229(K/N) 24
EP3FA4241(K/N) 24
EP3FA4249(K/N) 24
EP3FA4254(K/N) 24
EP3FA4261(K/N) 25
EP3FA4264(K/N) 25
EP3FA4281(K/N) 25
EP3FA4829(K/N) 24
EP3FA4841(K/N) 24
EP3FA4849(K/N) 24
EP3FA4854(K/N) 24
EP3FA4861(K/N) 25
EP3FA4864(K/N) 25
EP3FA4881(K/N) 25
pattern no. page
EP3FA6029(K/N) 24
EP3FA6041(K/N) 24
EP3FA6049(K/N) 24
EP3FA6054(K/N) 24
EP3FA6061(K/N) 25
EP3FA6064(K/N) 25
EP3FA6081(K/N) 25
EP3MMCH (B/P) 65
EP3MMCHPE (R/L)(B/P) 65
EP3P29 35
EP3P29120 30
EP3P29E 32
EP3P29L 29
EP3P29S 29
EP3P29T 30
EP3P29X 31
EP3P29Y 31
EP3P41 35
EP3P41120 30
EP3P41E 32
EP3P41L 29
EP3P41S 29
EP3P41T 30
EP3P41X 31
EP3P41Y 31
EP3P49 35
EP3P49120 30
EP3P49E 32
EP3P49L 29
EP3P49S 29
EP3P49T 30
EP3P49X 31
EP3P49Y 31
EP3P54 35
EP3P54120 30
EP3P54E 32
EP3P54L 29
EP3P54S 29
EP3P54T 30
EP3P54X 31
EP3P54Y 31
EP3P61 35
EP3P61120 30
EP3P61E 32
EP3P61L 29
EP3P61S 29
EP3P61T 30
EP3P61X 31
EP3P61Y 31
EP3P64 35
EP3P64120 30
EP3P64E 32
EP3P64L 29
EP3P64S 29
EP3P64T 30
EP3P64X 31
EP3P64Y 31
EP3P81 35
EP3P81120 30
EP3P81E 32
EP3P81L 29
EP3P81S 29
EP3P81T 30
EP3P81X 31
EP3P81Y 31
pattern no. page
EP3PC120 36
EP3PCEP 36
EP3PCEPK 36
EP3PCL 36
EP3PCLK 36
EP3PCMF 36
EP3PCS 36
EP3PCT 36
EP3PCX 36
EP3PCY 36
EP3PWS29 28
EP3PWS41 28
EP3PWS49 28
EP3PWS54 28
EP3PWS61 28
EP3PWS64 28
EP3PWS81 28
EP3SEP 36
EP3SI120 36
EP3SL 36
EP3SO120 36
EP3SS 36
EP3TP294149 34
EP3TP294154 34
EP3TP294161 34
EP3TP294164 34
EP3TP294181 34
EP3TP294954 34
EP3TP294961 34
EP3TP294964 34
EP3TP294981 34
EP3TP295461 34
EP3TP295464 34
EP3TP295481 34
EP3TP296164 34
EP3TP296181 34
EP3TP296481 34
EP3TP414954 34
EP3TP414961 34
EP3TP414964 34
EP3TP414981 34
EP3TP415461 34
EP3TP415464 34
EP3TP415481 34
EP3TP416164 34
EP3TP416181 34
EP3TP416481 34
EP3TP495461 34
EP3TP495464 34
EP3TP495481 34
EP3TP496164 34
EP3TP496181 34
EP3TP496481 34
EP3TP546164 34
EP3TP546181 34
EP3TP546481 34
EP3TP616481 34
EP3WMC120 28
EP3WMC29 28
EP3WMC41 28
EP3WMC49 28
EP3WMC54 28
EP3WMC61 28
EP3WMC64 28
EP3WMC81 28
Equity
121
pattern no. page
ES2CC24G 109
ES2CC30G 109
ES2CC36G 109
ES2CC42G 109
ES2CC48G 109
ES2CS24G 109
ES2CS30G 109
ES2CS36G 109
ES2CS42G 109
ES2CS48G 109
ES2OS24 110
ES2OS30 110
ES2OS36 110
ES2OS42 110
ES2OS48 110
ES2OS60 110
ES2OS72 110
ES3OS24 110
ES3OS30 110
ES3OS36 110
ES3OS42 110
ES3OS48 110
ES3OS60 110
ES3OS72 110
ET1OT3672 92
ET1OT48120 92
ET1OT4896 92
ET1OT54120 92
ET1OT60144 92
ET1RCT3048 91
ET1RCT3060 91
ET1RCT3072 91
ET1RCT3469 91
ET1RCT3479 91
ET1RCT3660 91
ET1RCT3672 91
ET1RCT4284 91
ET1RCT4896 91
ET1RT30 91
ET1RT36 91
ET1RT36C 91
ET1RT42 91
ET1RT48 91
ET1RT60 91
ET1ST22C 91
ET1ST2416 91
ET1ST30 91
ET1ST36 91
ET1ST42 91
ET1ST48 91
ET1ST60 91
EW110220G 71
EW110224G 71
EW110230G 72
EW110236G 72
EW110820G 71
EW110824G 71
EW110830G 72
EW110836G 72
EW111420G 71
EW111424G 71
EW111430G 72
EW111436G 72
EW112020G 71
EW112024G 71
pattern no. page
EW112030G 72
EW112036G 72
EW11353624G 79
EW11354224G 79
EW11354824G 79
EW1135C36 79
EW1135C42 79
EW1135C48 79
EW(1/2)10815 93
EW(1/2)10815E 93
EW(1/2)10815EE 93
EW(1/2)12015 93
EW(1/2)1215 93
EW(1/2)1215E 93
EW(1/2)1215EE 93
EW(1/2)2415 93
EW(1/2)2415E 93
EW(1/2)2415EE 93
EW(1/2)3015 93
EW(1/2)3015E 93
EW(1/2)3015EE 93
EW(1/2)3615 93
EW(1/2)3615E 93
EW(1/2)3615EE 93
EW12420G 71
EW(1/2)4215 93
EW(1/2)4215E 93
EW(1/2)4215EE 93
EW12424G 71
EW12430G 72
EW(1/2)4815 93
EW(1/2)4815E 93
EW(1/2)4815EE 93
EW(1/2)6015 93
EW(1/2)6015E 93
EW(1/2)6015EE 93
EW(1/2)7215 93
EW(1/2)7215E 93
EW(1/2)7215EE 93
EW(1/2)8415 93
EW(1/2)8415E 93
EW(1/2)8415EE 93
EW(1/2)9615 93
EW(1/2)9615E 93
EW(1/2)9615EE 93
EW(1/2)CC2415 94
EW(1/2)CC2415EE 94
EW(1/2)CC2415LHE 94
EW(1/2)CC2415RHE 94
EW(1/2)CC3015 94
EW(1/2)CC3015EE 94
EW(1/2)CC3015LHE 94
EW(1/2)CC3015RHE 94
EW(1/2)CC3615 94
EW(1/2)CC3615EE 94
EW(1/2)CC3615LHE 94
EW(1/2)CC3615RHE 94
EW13020G 71
EW13024G 71
EW13030G 72
EW13620G 71
EW13624G 71
EW13630G 72
EW14220G 71
EW14224G 71
pattern no. page
EW14230G 72
EW14820G 71
EW14824G 71
EW14830G 72
EW14836G 72
EW15420G 71
EW15424G 71
EW15430G 72
EW15436G 72
EW16020G 71
EW16024G 71
EW16030G 72
EW16036G 72
EW16620G 71
EW16624G 71
EW16630G 72
EW16636G 72
EW17220G 71
EW17224G 71
EW17230G 72
EW17236G 72
EW17820G 71
EW17824G 71
EW17830G 72
EW17836G 72
EW18420G 71
EW18424G 71
EW18430G 72
EW18436G 72
EW19020G 71
EW19024G 71
EW19030G 72
EW19036G 72
EW19620G 71
EW19624G 71
EW19630G 72
EW19636G 72
EW1(9/P)7230 80
EW1(9/P)7236 80
EW1(9/P)8430 80
EW1(9/P)8436 80
EW1BC9648G 79
EW1BD4860S 74
EW1BD4866S 74
EW1BD4872S 74
EW1BD6048S 74
EW1BD6648S 74
EW1BD7248S 74
EW1BP6048S(R/L) 74
EW1BP7248D(R/L) 74
EW1BP7248S(R/L) 74
EW1BP7848D(R/L) 74
EW1BP7848S(R/L) 74
EW1BP8448D(R/L) 74
EW1BP8448S(R/L) 74
EW1BS3660S 74
EW1BS3672S 74
EW1BS4860D 74
EW1BS4860S 74
EW1BS4866D 74
EW1BS4866S 74
EW1BS4872D 74
EW1BS4872S 74
EW1BS6036S 74
EW1BS6048D 74
pattern no. page
EW1BS6048S 74
EW1BS6648D 74
EW1BS6648S 74
EW1BS7236S 74
EW1BS7248D 74
EW1BS7248S 74
EW1C3620G 73
EW1C362430G 73
EW1C3624G 73
EW1C363024G 73
EW1C3630G 73
EW1C4220G 73
EW1C422430G 73
EW1C4224G 73
EW1C423024G 73
EW1C4230G 73
EW1C4820G 73
EW1C482430G 73
EW1C4824G 73
EW1C4824KG 73
EW1C483024G 73
EW1C4830G 73
EW1CB20 96
EW1CB26 96
EW1CB32 96
EW1CB36 96
EW1CB42 96
EW1CC3624G 73
EW1CC4224G 73
EW1CC4824G 73
EW1CC6024G 73
EW1CR24 79
EW1CR30 79
EW1CS 95
EW1D6030 80
EW1D7230 80
EW1D7236 80
EW1D8430 80
EW1D8436 80
EW1HR4830 82
EW1HR4830N 82
EW1HR4830NK 82
EW1HR6036 82
EW1HR6036N 82
EW1HR6036NK 82
EW1SC3624GC 73
EW1SC4224GC 73
EW1SC4230GC 73
EW1SC4824GC 73
EW1SC4830GC 73
EW1WSG 95
EW210220G 75
EW210224G 75
EW210230G 76
EW210236G 76
EW210820G 75
EW210824G 75
EW210830G 76
EW210836G 76
EW211420G 75
EW211424G 75
EW211430G 76
EW211436G 76
EW212020G 75
EW212024G 75
Equity
122
pattern no. page
EW212030G 76
EW212036G 76
EW21353624G 79
EW21354224G 79
EW21354824G 79
EW22420G 75
EW22424G 75
EW22430G 76
EW23020G 75
EW23024G 75
EW23030G 76
EW23620G 75
EW23624G 75
EW23630G 76
EW24220G 75
EW24224G 75
EW24230G 76
EW24820G 75
EW24824G 75
EW24830G 76
EW24836G 76
EW25420G 75
EW25424G 75
EW25430G 76
EW25436G 76
EW26020G 75
EW26024G 75
EW26030G 76
EW26036G 76
EW26620G 75
EW26624G 75
EW26630G 76
EW26636G 76
EW27220G 75
EW27224G 75
EW27230G 76
EW27236G 76
EW27820G 75
EW27824G 75
EW27830G 76
EW27836G 76
EW28420G 75
EW28424G 75
EW28430G 76
EW28436G 76
EW29020G 75
EW29024G 75
EW29030G 76
EW29036G 76
EW29620G 75
EW29624G 75
EW29630G 76
EW29636G 76
EW2(9/P)7230 80
EW2(9/P)7236 80
EW2(9/P)8430 80
EW2(9/P)8436 80
EW2BC9648G 79
EW2BD4860S 78
EW2BD4866S 78
EW2BD4872S 78
EW2BD6048S 78
EW2BD6648S 78
EW2BD7248S 78
EW2BP6048S(R/L) 78
pattern no. page
EW2BP7248D(R/L) 78
EW2BP7248S(R/L) 78
EW2BP7848D(R/L) 78
EW2BP7848S(R/L) 78
EW2BP8448D(R/L) 78
EW2BP8448S(R/L) 78
EW2BS3660S 78
EW2BS3672S 78
EW2BS4860D 78
EW2BS4860S 78
EW2BS4866D 78
EW2BS4866S 78
EW2BS4872D 78
EW2BS4872S 78
EW2BS6036S 78
EW2BS6048D 78
EW2BS6048S 78
EW2BS6648D 78
EW2BS6648S 78
EW2BS7236S 78
EW2BS7248D 78
EW2BS7248S 78
EW2C3620G 77
EW2C362430G 77
EW2C3624G 77
EW2C363024G 77
EW2C3630G 77
EW2C4220G 77
EW2C422430G 77
EW2C4224G 77
EW2C423024G 77
EW2C4230G 77
EW2C4820G 77
EW2C482430G 77
EW2C4824G 77
EW2C483024G 77
EW2C4830G 77
EW2CC3624G 77
EW2CC4224G 77
EW2CC4824G 77
EW2CC6024G 77
EW2CR24 79
EW2CR30 79
EW2D6030 80
EW2D7230 80
EW2D7236 80
EW2D8430 80
EW2D8436 80
EW2HR4830 82
EW2HR4830N 82
EW2HR4830NK 82
EW2HR6036 82
EW2HR6036N 82
EW2HR6036NK 82
EW2P15235 89
EW2P23836(L/R) 89
EW2SC3624GC 77
EW2SC4224GC 77
EW2SC4230GC 77
EW2SC4824GC 77
EW2SC4830GC 77
EW2T218 89
EW2T224 89
EW2T324 89
EW2T424 89
pattern no. page
EW2T518 89
EW2T524 89
EW2W11481824 89
EW2W11482418 89
EW2W12481824 89
EW2W12482418 89
EW2W124824L 89
EW2W124824R 89
EW2W13481824 89
EW2W13482418 89
EW2W134824L 89
EW2W134824R 89
EW2W34824 89
EW2W44824 89
EW2W54824L 89
EW2W54824R 89
EW2W64824L 89
EW2W64824R 89
EW2W74824L 89
EW2W74824R 89
OBI 60
OBI72 60
OCC102-(8) 61
OCC105-(8) 61
OCC108-(8) 61
OCC111-(8) 61
OCC114-(8) 61
OCC120-(8) 61
OCC126-(8) 61
OCC132-(8) 61
OCC144-(8) 61
OCC15-(8) 61
OCC18-(8) 61
OCC21-(8) 61
OCC24-(8) 61
OCC27-(8) 61
OCC30-(8) 61
OCC33-(8) 61
OCC36-(8) 61
OCC39-(8) 61
OCC42-(8) 61
OCC45-(8) 61
OCC48-(8) 61
OCC51-(8) 61
OCC54-(8) 61
OCC57-(8) 61
OCC60-(8) 61
OCC63-(8) 61
OCC66-(8) 61
OCC69-(8) 61
OCC72-(8) 61
OCC75-(8) 61
OCC78-(8) 61
OCC81-(8) 61
OCC84-(8) 61
OCC87-(8) 61
OCC90-(8) 61
OCC93-(8) 61
OCC96-(8) 61
OCC99-(8) 61
OE1CM40M 60
OE1CM48M 60
OE1CM53M 60
OE1CM60M 60
OE1CM65M 60
pattern no. page
OE1CM80M 60
OE1SMKC 63
OEICH-8 60
OR1 62
OR1 P10 62
OR2 62
OR2 P10 62
OR3 62
OR3 P10 62
OR4 62
OR4 P10 62
OR4D 62
OR4D P10 62
OSMR3 62
OSMR3 P10 62
OSMRB10 62
OTB-(8) 62
OTBK10 62
Equity
123
This Selling Policy supercedes all previous selling policies. Prices, discounts and product offerings are subject to change without notice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Terms & Conditions
of SalesSales by Knoll, Inc. or Knoll North America Corp. (‘‘Seller’’) of Knoll Product Lines (hereinafter ‘‘Products’’) within the United States and Canada aremade only on the terms which are contained in this Selling Policy. Seller hereby gives notice of its objection to any different or additional terms andconditions. This sale is expressly conditional upon Purchaser’s assent to the terms and conditions set forth below. Additional terms and conditions mayapply to KnollStudio and KnollTextiles orders. These terms and conditions may be modified or supplemented only by a written document signed by anauthorized representative of Seller. These terms and conditions supercede any prior and/or contemporaneous agreements or correspondence betweenPurchaser and Seller. Written quotations expire thirty (30) days from the date of issuance and can be withdrawn by written notice anytime during thatperiod. Where Purchaser and Seller have entered into the Knoll Electronic Terms and Conditions, all orders, acknowledgements, invoices and otherbusiness communications placed or transmitted in accordance with the Knoll Electronic Terms and Conditions shall be deemed to be in writing and signedand shall be valid for all purposes as if they were originated and maintained in documentary form.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ordering Information All orders must be in writing. The product pattern number(s) contained on Seller’s order acknowledgement shall be the final expression of the order.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Order Confirmation A purchase order is not binding on Seller until Purchaser has received Seller’s order confirmation or acknowledgment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Policies List prices are subject to change without notice.List prices shall be those prices in effect on the date of receipt of a complete purchase order unless shipment is requested more than ninety (90) days afterorder entry in which case prices in effect on the date of shipment apply. List prices include specified freight costs. Unless specified in writing by Seller, noother charges are included in Seller’s list prices.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taxes All sales, use, excise and other taxes applicable to the sale of the Products shall be paid by Purchaser. If Purchaser claims an exemption from any tax,Purchaser shall submit to Seller the appropriate exemption certificates.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terms of Payment Payment for one hundred percent (100%) of the net order amount is due within thirty (30) days of the date of invoice, which is generally issued uponshipment. In case of any discrepancies, such as shortages, and Seller is notified in writing within ten (10) days of receipt of Product, only that portion maybe deducted and the balance paid. For orders greater than $100,000 net, a fifty percent (50%) deposit is due at the time of order placement, with theremainder due within thirty (30) days of the date of invoice.KnollStudio orders less than $2,000 require payment for one hundred percent (100%) of the net order amount (including any applicable sales tax andcharges for inside delivery, special packaging, etc.), due at time of order placement. For KnollStudio orders greater than $2,000, a one-half (50%) depositis due at time of order placement with the remainder (including any applicable sales tax and charges for inside delivery, special packaging, etc.) due priorto shipment.If, in the judgment of Seller, Purchaser’s financial condition does not justify the terms of the payment, Seller may require full or partial payment inadvance.Past due accounts shall be charged one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month, or the highest rate permitted by law, whichever is less, and will be addedto the outstanding balance. In the event Purchaser defaults on payment, Purchaser shall be liable for all collection costs, including reasonable attorney’sfees and costs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes andCancellation
Purchase orders may not be changed or cancelled, in whole or in part, without prior written consent of Seller. Changes may effect delivery dates. Expensesincurred because of changes shall be charged to Purchaser. In the event of cancellations, Purchaser will be liable for reasonable cancellation chargesestablished by Seller. Orders for special Product, orders including ‘‘COM’’ (hereinafter defined) material and orders pursuant to expedited deliveryprograms, may not be canceled.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freight Prepaid Freight is prepaid and included in the price of all Products, except KnollTextiles, within the 48 contiguous United States for orders placed with Knoll, Inc.and within Canada, excluding the Yukon, Northwest Territories, Nunavut and Newfoundland for orders placed with Knoll North America Corp. Packing istested for rigorous motion and transportation but is not guaranteed to protect furniture from all conditions. If special packaging is required for any reason,please consult with your sales representative or dealer. Seller shall select the method of shipment and routing. Freight for all KnollTextiles orders isprepaid and added to the invoice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delivery/Freight Charges Shipments outside the contiguous 48 United States and Canada shall be shipped F.O.B. Origin.For shipments outside the contiguous United States and Canada, Purchaser is responsible for the cost of freight from point of embarkation, including anyhandling and transportation charges incidental to loading at the point of departure and unloading at the final destination.Conditions beyond the control of Seller, including weather, available facilities and traffic conditions, may affect exact time of delivery. Seller shall not beresponsible for specific carrier delivery date or time unless it has made a specific delivery commitment, in writing.Nonstandard methods of shipment and/or additional services are available upon request. Purchaser will be billed for the differential cost of any specialservices in excess of standard surface carrier freight costs. Premium charges, at Purchaser’s request, will be added for airfreight, exclusive use of vehicleand extra, export or special packaging. Accessorial charges will be added for inside delivery, extra labor, reconsignment and redelivery.Partial shipments may be made and invoiced by Seller.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Claims All shipments for Knoll Products within the contiguous United States and Canada are F.O.B. Origin. All risk of loss passes to Purchaser at time of deliveryto carrier. Purchaser shall inspect all Products upon receipt and notify Seller within ten (10) working days after receipt of any damage or defects which are,or should be, apparent from an inspection of the Product and its packaging. Failure of Purchaser to notify Seller during the ten (10) working day periodshall constitute acceptance of the Products and waiver of any apparent defects, errors or shortages. For all claims relating to Product damaged in transit orfor any other claims relating to or arising out of the transportation of the Product, Purchaser must seek recovery from the carrier and Seller has no liabilityto Purchaser for such claims. Seller may, upon request, assist Purchaser with filing of such claims with the carrier, but Seller will not be liable for any ofthese transportation related claims.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seller’s Security Interest Until Seller receives the full payment for the Product, Seller shall have a security interest in the Product. Purchaser agrees to perform all acts, includingbut not limited to the execution and filing of documentation, which may be necessary to perfect and assure the security interest of Seller.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Returns The return of Products without a written authorization by Seller shall not be accepted. To receive authorization for Product return, please call CustomerService. All Products that are returned pursuant to a valid authorization shall be subject to a twenty-five percent (25%) of list restocking charge. Productsnot currently offered for sale by Seller (including COM) shall not be authorized for return. All returned Products must be unused, in original condition andin the original Seller packing cartons. No refund or credit shall be given for damaged Products.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Held Orders/Storage If Purchaser requests that an order be held or delayed, prices and terms and conditions in effect at the time of shipment shall apply. If Purchaser requestsa delay after the time when Seller can defer production, Purchaser will be invoiced for the Product, payable in accordance with standard terms, when theorder is ready for shipment. Seller may transfer the Product to storage, in which case all expenses incurred in connection with storage, includingdemurrage, preparation for storage, storage charges and handling shall be payable by Purchaser upon submission of invoices by Seller. Risk of loss to theProduct shall pass to the Purchaser upon delivery of the Product into storage.
Selling Policy
124July 15, 2012
Customer’s Own Material A Purchaser who requests a fabric or other surface material not standard to Seller’s line of Products (‘‘COM’’) must submit samples of the requestedmaterial to Seller prior to entry of a purchaser order. Seller shall determine if the material is suitable to its manufacturing processes and meets anyrequirements of Underwriters Laboratories. If the COM is acceptable, Seller will then establish a price for using the COM or the Product in question. For adescription of the procedures for submitting samples and testing, contact customer resources or your sales representative. Seller shall have noresponsibility for the appearance, condition, performance, durability, colorfastness or any other physical attribute of the COM. Purchaser shall indemnifyand hold Seller harmless for any damages, injuries or losses arising out of or related to use of the COM on the Product.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty Seller warrants to the original Purchaser only that the Products Seller manufactures and sells to Purchaser are free of defects in workmanship andmaterials, during the applicable warranty period set forth below.Warranty period set forth below is for 24-hour, 7 days a week, multi shift use (includes parts and labor to repair).Should any failure to conform with this limited warranty appear to a Product listed below during the applicable warranty period from the date of shipment,Seller shall, upon prompt written notice, repair or replace, at its option and costs, the affected part or parts.Product and Period of WarrantyLifetime: Antenna Workspaces, AutoStrada, Calibre, Crinion Open Table, Currents, Dividends Horizon, Equity, Morrison, Reff Profiles laminate, Series 2Storage, Template and other non-wood components (except cascade edge worksurfaces, operational parts, controls, electrical, Lighting, Series 2 VeneerFront Storage, special or custom products, see below)12 Years: Chadwick, Essentials Work Chairs, Generation by Knoll, Life, Moment, MultiGeneration by Knoll, ReGeneration by Knoll, RPM and Sapper seating(except seating upholstery, textiles, leathers and finishes, see below).10 Years: Antenna Workspaces, AutoStrada, Crinion Open Table, Dividends Horizon, Reff Profiles, Template wood components, Series 2 Veneer FrontStorage, cascade edge worksurfaces, Wood Casegoods (The Graham Collection) (except wood casegoods upholstered surfaces, see below), Interactiontables (except height adjustment mechanisms for Counterforce, crank-adjustable, and split-top tables and worksurfaces, see below), Reuter overheads,Reuter vertical storage, KnollExtra Sapper Monitor Arm Collection, Adjustable keyboard mechanisms and platforms, Communication Boards (exceptfabric board textiles, see below), Smokador collection (except leathers, see below), and Orchestra Universal Systems Accessories.5 Years: Operational parts, controls, electrical, Lighting (except light ballasts, bulbs and power supply, see below), special or custom product, wood veneerproducts, Currents handcrank, Interaction Counterforce, Interaction crank-adjustable, and split-top mechanisms, KnollStudio, Spark Series seatingstructural elements, Richard Schultz outdoor products, KnollExtra CPU storage and all universal storage drawers.3 Years: Seating upholstery, textiles, leathers and finishes. Fabric boards textiles and Smokador Collection leathers.2 Years: All other KnollExtra product1 Year: Light ballasts, bulbs and power supply, seating upholstered armpads and soft armpads, wood casegoods upholstered surfaces. KnollStudio MayaLin and Spark Series seating finishes.This warranty does not apply to:• Damage caused by a carrier other than the Seller.• Normal wear and tear or acts or omissions of parties other than Seller (including user modification, improper use or installation of Products).• COM or other third party materials applied to Products.• Products not installed by or under the auspices of a Knoll Dealer.• Dramatic temperature variations or exposure to unusual conditions.• Changes in surface finishes, including colorfastness due to aging or exposure to light.• Except as specifically noted above, textiles and upholstery supplied by KnollTextiles (consult current KnollTextiles price list for applicable warranty).Natural variations occurring in wood, marble, and leather shall not be considered defects, and the Seller does not guarantee the colorfastness or matchingof the colors, grains or textures, or surface hardness of such materials. The Seller also does not guarantee the colorfastness of fiberglass panel surfaces.THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANYWARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES ARISING FROMCOURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.The remedies provided above are the Purchaser’s sole remedies for any failure of Seller to comply with its obligations regarding the workmanship of itsProducts. Correction of any nonconformity in the manner and for the period of time provided shall constitute complete fulfillment of all liabilities of Seller,with respect to or arising out of the Product furnished hereunder.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delay/Force Majeure Seller shall not be liable for failure to perform or for delay in performance due to fire, flood, strike or other labor difficulty, act of God, act of anygovernmental authority or of the Purchaser, riot, embargo, fuel or energy shortage, wrecks or delay in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor,materials or manufacturing facilities from usual sources or failure of suppliers to meet their contractual obligations, or due to any cause beyond itsreasonable control. If any such event occurs, Seller may extend delivery dates by a period of time necessary to overcome the effect of such delay, allocateavailable Product or cancel any purchase order.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compliance with Law PURCHASER IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL LAWS, ORDINANCES,REGULATIONS, RULES AND STANDARDS RELATING TO THE INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE, USE AND OPERATION OF THE PRODUCTS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patents Subject to the following provisions, Seller shall, at its own expense, defend or, at its option, settle any claim, suit or proceeding brought against thePurchaser, and/or its vendees, mediate and immediate, so far as based on an allegation that any Product or any part thereof furnished hereunderconstitutes a direct or a contributory infringement of any claim of any patent of the United States or Canada. This obligation shall be effective only ifPurchaser shall have made all payments then due hereunder and if Seller is notified promptly in writing and given authority, information and assistancefor the defense of said claim, suit or proceeding. Seller shall pay all damages and costs awarded in such suit or proceedings so defended.The foregoing indemnity does not apply to the following:• Products supplied according to a design other than that of Seller, and which is required by the Purchaser.• Combination of the Product with another product not furnished hereunder unless Seller is a contributory infringer.• Any settlements of a suit or proceeding made without Seller’s written consent.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limitations of Liability SELLER, ITS CONTRACTORS, AUTHORIZED DEALERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS OF ANY TIER SHALL NOT BELIABLE TO PURCHASER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM ABREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT.Purchaser’s remedies set forth herein are exclusive and the liability of Seller with respect to the breach of this agreement or any contract entered intobetween the parties pursuant hereto shall not exceed the price of the Product or part on which such liability is based.
Selling Policy
125July 15, 2012
KnollKey Lock Program
KnollKeyLock ProgramGeneral InformationFollowing is the KnollKey lock policy, applicable to all products.
Knoll furniture can be ordered keyed-alike or random keyed. Key-alikeand random keying instructions cannot be mixed on any single order. Onlyone of the two instructions can be used on an individual order. When anorder is submitted with mixed (key-alike and random) instructions, Knollwill release the order as key-alike only and lock cores will have to bespecified separately.
Key-alikeFor the convenience of the user, furniture may be keyed alike at nocharge. Write ‘‘Key-alike’’ in the description of your purchase order forany pedestal, overhead, file or other item you wish to have keyed alike.
Using the key-alike instructions, order cores and keys as line items onyour purchase order. Do NOT submit a key-alike form. The Knoll EastGreenville Lock Center will select key numbers from the standard range ofK 001 - K 250. Key numbers will not be repeated unless over 250 sets areordered. Lock cores keyed-alike will ship separately from the product,ready for field installation.
There is no charge for key-alike orders if placed with the furniture order.
IF THE KEY-ALIKE ORDER IS NOT PLACED AT LEAST TWO WEEKSPRIOR TO THE FURNITURE SHIP DATE, A $50 HANDLING CHARGEAND AIR FREIGHT CHARGES WILL APPLY.
If product is ordered and shipped random-keyed, additional lock coresfor key-alike are billable.
Random-KeyingTo specify product keyed-random, write ‘‘key-random’’ in the productdescription. Random-keyed product is shipped with the lock core factoryinstalled. A shrouded key is included. Random means no effort has beenmade to match key numbers, or to make them different.
KeysA Knoll shrouded key is shipped with every lock core. 250 Key numbersare available. For numbers above 250, contact Custom ProductDevelopment. Additional keys and key blanks are available. See serviceparts for more information.
Master KeyingKnoll locks can be controlled by means of a master key. There is noadditional per-lock charge for master keying. A letter of approval from theclient must accompany orders for master keys.
Installing Lock CoresLock cores can be installed or removed in the field by using a change key.Cores must be in the unlocked position to be removed. See service partsfor change key pattern number and pricing.
Lock DistributionAll orders for key-alike lock cores/keys are packaged and shipped fromthe East Greenville Lock Center, regardless of where the pedestals,overhead, or other units are produced. Random keyed product will havecores factory-installed.
How to SpecifyKey-AlikeFollowing is an example of how to specify key-alike for a cluster of 10workstations.
Step 1 - Using the project floorplan, count the number of locks in eachworkstation.
Step 2 - Count the number of workstations with the same quantity oflocks. Group together the workstations with a like number of locks.
5 workstations with 2 locks per station3 workstations with 4 locks per station2 workstations with 5 locks per station
Step 3 - For the first group (5 sets of 2 locks), enter the number ofworkstations in the quantity column.
Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List
5
Step 4 - Then enter the pattern number ‘‘KSPEC_ _’’ and add a suffix for thenumber of locks for that group (i.e., for 2 locks per station, add the suffix‘‘2’’). Up to 30 lock cores are available in a set (i.e., KSPEC 30).
Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List
5 KSPEC 2 Set of 2 cores/keys N / C N / C
Step 5 - Repeat for other groups.
Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List
5 KSPEC 2 Set of 2 cores/keys N / C N / C
3 KSPEC 4 Set of 4 cores/keys N / C N / C
2 KSPEC 5 Set of 5 cores/keys N / C N / C
Your Key instructions are complete.
Knoll will select key numbers for each set from 250 available numbers.Additional key numbers are available through Custom Product Development.For additions to existing installations, specify desired key numbers inthe description.
Service PartsPattern # Description List Price
KKEY_ _ _ Shrouded KeySpecify key number desired
$10
KBLANK Shrouded Key Blank $10
KSPECB_ _ _ Retrofit Universal Core/KeySpecify key number desired
$22
KCHANGE Change Key $10
HLKRKMASTER* Master Key $10
*Note: A letter of approval on company letterhead from the client mustaccompany all orders for master keys.
126
Key-alike policy to match locksordered prior to 6/12/00
EquityIn order to specify an Equitylocking component with an ‘‘H’’series core, apply an ‘‘A’’ suffix tothe Equity Base pattern number.
All keyed locks in the Equitysystem are randomly* keyed, as astandard offering. For thoserequiring all locks within aworkstation (or group ofworkstations) to be keyed alike,Equity also offers a key-alikeoption.
Equity Locking ComponentsIdentify the cabinets to be keyedalike by adding the suffix ‘‘P’’ tothe standard catalog number (i.e.,EC20F36AP indicates a key-alikeEC20F36A cabinet). The cabinetwill be factory-prepared with thehardware mechanisms excluding thelock core and key. List price will bereduced by $22.
Multiple Key-Alike PackagesFor multiple keys of the samenumber, specify ALCKE - (numberof keys desired, from 2 to 8.) Priceis: Number of Keys x $22. (i.e.:ALCKE-5 Pkg. of five cores withkeys = $110.00)
Lock CoresThe same lock core fits all Equitycabinets and pedestals but isdifferent from the ‘‘K’’ series core.Order the lock cores requiredseparately (ALCKE series). Coresare numbered sequentially, withup to 250 different combinationsavailable (ALCKEH6001-ALCKEH6250). Use one line itemfor each quantity of lock cores to bekeyed alike. Series H6001-H6100are standard lead-time.See example.
All specific keying sequence beginsat H6001, unless otherwiserequested.
Master KeyA master key (AKM) is availablethat will unlock all cabinets andpedestals with the same prefixletter, for example: H6001, H6002.A single key is supplied andpriced, as shown below.
CatalogNumber
ListPrice Description
ALCKE(H6 )
$22. Equity Lock Coreand Keys
AKC 18. Change Key
AKM 18. Master Key
EDMKAA 18. Master Door Key
ShipmentAdditional lead time of 2-4 weeksmay apply when more than 100lock sequences are specified forkey-alike (consult the CustomerService Bulletin for current leadtimes).
The key-alike core and keys areshipped separately from thecomponents for field installation inthe appropriate workstationcomponents.
Example: On an order, two workstations each contain two suspended files, two overhead cabinets, anda Radius pedestal. The customer wishes to have all components in the workstation keyed alike, andeach workstation keyed differently. The following should be ordered.
Quantity Catalog No. Description Color/Trim
4 EC2OF36AP 36�� Fabric overhead cabinet R10 R
4 EC2LF36AP 36�� Fabric suspended file R10 R
2 EF2PA24AP 6/6/12 Radius pedestal R
5 ALCKE(H6001) Equity lock core/key
5 ALCKE (H6002) Equity lock core/key
If all components are to be keyed alike, line item 5 is dropped; line item 4 wouldthen read:
10 ALCKE(H6001) Equity lock core/key
*Randomly keyed means that no attempt ismade to assure that locks have the same numberor that they are, in fact, different.
127
General Ordering Information
The ProductsThis guide encompasses all standard products for this product group.
SizesDimensions listed in this guide are indicated as:H = heightW = widthD = depthDia. = diameterRad. = radius
PricingAll prices shown are list.
How to OrderSelect pattern numbers and quantities required for your complete installation. Product questions can beaddressed in the specific sections of this guide or by contacting your sales representative or customerresource representative at 1-800-343-5665.
Next, select options (if required), along with colors and finishes appropriate to each product. Reference theFinishes and Fabrics pages for color designations.
On large installations, an item’s ‘‘designated area’’ can be specified to assist in product organization andhandling.
To expedite complete / correct entry of your order, be certain all pattern numbers, quantities, colors andarea identifications are completely specified. Also, include complete purchase order numbers, bill-to andship-to addresses, a contact name and specific factory shipping dates required.
Mail all orders to:Knoll, Inc.1235 Water StreetP.O. Box 157East Greenville, PA 18041Attention: Order Entry
Once your order is entered at Knoll, an acknowledgment will be mailed to you. You will be advised of yourscheduled shipping date within five days of the original acknowledgment. If it is necessary to revise yourorder, please contact your customer resource representative.
Sustainability Statement
Sustainable design is a key component of Knoll’s environmental focus. Our commitment to socialresponsibility and a healthy environment has prompted us to further articulate our longstandingenvironmental programs and, with encouragement and support from our colleagues in the industry, we havere-energized our focus on such ‘‘green’’ initiatives as life cycle analysis and LEED™ certification. Knoll isproud to have contributed to projects that have received LEED certification from the U.S. Green BuildingCouncil.
For the latest information on Knoll products that help our customers achieve LEED certification, log on toknoll.com, click on ‘‘About Knoll’’ and then ‘‘Environmental Focus.’’
128